Sei sulla pagina 1di 233

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

TITLE

Page 1/1

ADITYA SERIES

Over Current Relay


Version 1.0
(For Software V1.xx and V2.xx)

Technical Manual

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

CONTENTS
Safety Instruction
Introduction
Handling & Case Dimension
Users Guide
Menu Content Table
Technical Specification
Application Guide
Communication
Installation, Relay Testing & Commissioning
Periodic Testing
Details of Internal Circuit Diagram
Problems Occurred & Hardware Software Revision

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/10

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/10

1.0 SAFETY INSTRUCTION


CONTENTS
1.1

Introduction

1.2

Healthy & Safety

1.3

Symbol & External Labels

1.4

Decommissioning & Disposal

1.5

Technical Specifications For Safety

1.5.1

Protective Fuse Rating

1.5.2

Protective Class

1.5.3

Installation Category

1.5.4

Environment

1.6

CE Marking

1.7

Revision Note

2.0 INTRODUCTION
CONTENTS
2.1

General

2.2

Features

2.3

How to use the Manual

2.4

Ordering Information

2.5

Revision Note

3.0 HANDLING & CASE DIMENSION


CONTENTS
3

Handling

3.1

Receipt of Relay

3.2

Unpacking

3.3

Handling of Electric Components

3.4

Storage

3.5

Dimensions

3.5.1

Connections of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals

3.5.2

Earthing

3.6

Cabinet drawing

3.7

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/10

4.0 USERS GUIDE


CONTENTS
4.1

Front Panel and Control

4.2

Users Interface

4.2.1

LCD Display

4.2.2

Touch Keys

4.2.3

LEDs

4.2.4

RS485

4.2.5

RS232

4.3

Password

4.3.1

Password Entry & Changing the Password

4.3.2

Clear Password

10

4.3.3

Default Settings

11

4.3.3.1

General Settings

11

4.3.3.2

Protection Settings

12

4.4

Menus

15

4.4.1

Default Display

15

4.4.2

Main Menu List

16

4.4.2.1

Main Menu List Details

17

4.4.3

Measurement

23

4.4.3.1

To View - Measurement

23

4.4.4

General Setting

24

4.4.4.1

To Set General Setting

24

4.4.4.2

To View General Setting

28

4.4.5

Over Current (OC-G1) Setting

29

4.4.5.1

To Set OC-G1 Setting

29

4.4.5.2

To View OC-G1 Setting

32

4.4.6

Earth Fault (EF-G1) Setting

33

4.4.6.1

To Set EF-G1 Setting

33

4.4.6.2

To View EF-G1 Setting

36

4.4.7

3Io-G1 Setting

37

4.4.7.1

To Set 3Io-G1 Setting

37

4.4.7.2

To View 3Io-G1 Setting

40

4.4.8

Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G1) Setting

41

4.4.8.1

To Set NPS-G1 Setting

41

4.4.8.2

To View NPS-G1 Setting

43

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/10

4.4.9

Over Current (OC-G2) Setting

44

4.4.9.1

To Set OC-G2 Setting

44

4.4.9.2

To View OC-G2 Setting

47

4.4.10

Earth Fault (EF-G2) Setting

48

4.4.10.1

To Set EF-G2 Setting

48

4.4.10.2

To View EF-G2 Setting

51

4.4.11

3Io-G2 Setting

52

4.4.11.1

To Set 3Io-G2 Setting

52

4.4.11.2

To View 3Io-G2 Setting

55

4.4.12

Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G2) Setting

56

4.4.12.1

To Set NPS-G2 Setting

56

4.4.12.2

To View NPS-G2 Setting

58

4.4.13

Auto Recloser (ARR) Setting

59

4.4.13.1

To Set ARR Setting

59

4.4.13.2

To View ARR Setting

61

4.4.14

Relay/LED Configuration

62

4.4.14.1

Bit Definition for Relay/LED Configuration

62

4.4.14.2

List of Protection Function and Digital Inputs

63

4.4.14.3

To Set Relay/LED Configuration

67

4.4.14.4

To View Relay/LED Configuration

72

4.4.14.5

Example of Relay / LED Configuration

73

4.4.15

Fault 1

88

4.4.15.1

To View Fault 1 Data [Fault 2 to Fault 20]

88

4.4.16

Status

89

4.4.16.1

To View Status

89

4.4.17

Error Log

89

4.4.17.1

To View Error Log

89

4.4.18

Close

90

4.4.19

Trip

90

4.4.20

Active Group

91

4.4.20

Date Time Setting

92

4.4.20.1

To Set Date Time setting

92

4.4.20.2

To View Date Time Setting

93

4.5

Input Signals

94

4.5.1

Auxiliary Supply Input

94

4.5.2

CT Secondary Input

94

4.5.3

Status Input

94

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/10

4.5.4

Trip Circuit Supervision Input

94

4.6

Output Signals

94

4.6.1

Trip Contact

94

4.6.2

Programmable Contact

94

4.6.3

LBB Protection Contact

94

4.6.4

Relay ( OK ) Healthy Contact

94

4.6.5

Auto Recloser Reclose Contact

94

4.6.6

Auto Recloser Lockout Contact

94

4.6.7

Control Contact selectable

94

4.7

Revision Note

95

5.0 MENU CONTENT TABLE


CONTENTS
5

Menu Content Table

5.1

To View Measurement

5.2

To Set / View General Setting

5.3

To Set / View O/C G1 Setting

5.4

To Set / View E/F G1 Setting

5.5

To Set / View 3Io G1 Setting

5.6

To Set / View NPS G1 Setting

5.7

To Set / View O/C G2 Setting

5.8

To Set / View E/F G2 Setting

10

5.9

To Set / View 3Io G2 Setting

11

5.10

To Set / View NPS G2 Setting

12

5.11

To Set / View ARR Setting

13

5.12

To Set / View Relay/LED Setting

14

5.13

To View Fault 1 to Fault 20 Setting

15

5.14

To View Status Setting

19

5.15

To View Error Log Setting

19

5.16

To View Close Setting

19

5.17

To View Trip Setting

20

5.18

To View Active Group

20

5.19

To Set / View Date/Time Setting

21

5.20

Revision Note

22

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/10

6.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION


CONTENTS
6.1

Protection Features

6.2

Relay Design Features

6.3

Block Diagram

6.4

Description

6.5

Technical Specification

6.6

Revision Note

10

7.0 APPLICATION GUIDE


CONTENTS
7.1

Main function

7.2

Over Current Element

7.3

Earth Fault Element

7.4

Inverse Time Curve

7.4.1

C1 - Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

7.4.2

C2 - Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

7.4.3

C3 - Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

7.4.4

C4 - Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

7.4.5

C5 - Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

7.5

Trip Circuit Supervision

10

7.6

Auto Recloser Logic

10

7.7

Breaker Failure Logic

10

7.8

Negative Sequence Over Current

11

7.9

Programmable Di/DO and LED

11

7.10

Monitoring Function (Event, Disturbance Recorder)

11

7.11.1

Wiring Diagram External EF for EF protection

12

7.11.2

Wiring Diagram Internal EF for EF Protection

13

7.12

Trip Diagram

14

7.13

Logic Diagram of RL1 to RL5 and LED

15

7.14

Revision Note

16

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 7/10

8.0 COMMUNICATION
CONTENTS
8.1

IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE for ADR241B

8.2

Physical connection and link layer

8.3

Initialization

8.4

Time synchronization

8.5

General interrogation

8.6

Cyclic measurements

8.7

Disturbance records

8.8

APPENDIX

8.8.1

Frames in Monitor Direction

8.8.1.1

System Functions in monitor direction

8.8.1.2

Status indications in monitor direction

8.8.1.3

Fault indications in monitor direction

8.8.1.4

Measurands in monitor direction

8.8.1.5

Private frames in monitor direction

8.8.1.6

Disturbance data transmission in monitor direction

8.8.2

Frames in Control Direction

8.8.2.1

Private frames in Control direction

8.8.2.2

System Functions in control direction:

8.8.2.3

General commands in control direction

8.8.2.4

Disturbance data transmission related messages in control direction

8.8.2.5

Actual Channel: Used for DR Transmission:

8.9

Revision Note

9.0 INSTALLATION, RELAY TESTING & COMMISSIONING


CONTENTS
9.1

Installation

9.1.1

Relay Connection & Diagram

9.1.2

Before energising following should be checked

9.1.3

Relay operating condition

9.1.4

CT Circuit

9.1.5

Insulation

9.2.

Commissioning

9.2.1

Commissioning Test, Required Equipment

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 8/10

9.2.2

Checking of External Circuitry

9.2.2.1

Relay Back Terminal Wiring

9.2.2.2

Visual Inspection

9.2.2.3

Earthing

9.2.2.4

CT Polarity

9.2.3

Checking of Relay Setting

9.2.4

Final Checking

9.2.5

Commissioning Record Sheet

9.2.5.1

Relay identification

9.2.5.2

Commissioning Test Report

9.2.5.3

Commissioning record sheet for ADR241B_V2 Relay.

9.3

Post instillation / Commissioning observation

10

9.4

Testing of Relay

10

9.4.1

Relay Calibration

10

9.4.2

Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test

12

9.4.3

Testing of Over Current IP>> Protection

13

9.4.3.1

Pickup Test for Over Current IP>>

13

9.4.3.2

IDMT Time Test for Over Current IP>>

13

9.4.3.3

Pickup Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>>

15

9.4.3.4

Operating Time Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>>

16

9.4.4

Testing of 3Io>> Protection

16

9.4.4.1

Pickup Test for 3Io >>

16

9.4.4.2

IDMT Time Test for 3Io>>

17

9.4.4.3

Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Element 3Io>>

18

9.4.5

Testing of Earth Fault Ie>> Element

19

9.4.5.1

Pickup Test for Earth Fault Ie>>

19

9.4.5.2

IDMT Time Test for Earth Fault Ie>>

19

9.4.5.3

Operating Time Test for Earth Fault Instantaneous Element Ie>>

21

9.4.6

Testing of NPS (Negative Phase Sequence Element)

21

9.4.7

Testing of Annunciation for Both Over Current & Earth Fault

22

9.5

Other Functional Test

23

9.6

Revision Note

24

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

CONTENTS

Page 9/10

10.0 PERIODIC TESTING


CONTENTS
10

Periodic Testing

10.1

Trip Test

10.2

Functional Test

10.3

Testing of Relay

10.3.1

Relay Calibration

10.3.2

Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test

10.3.3

Testing of Over Current Protection

10.3.3.1

Pickup Test for Over Current

10.3.3.2

IDMT Time Test for Over Current

10.3.3.3

Testing of HF Pickup for Over Current Test

10.3.3.4

Operating Time test of HF for Over Current

10.3.4

Testing Of Earth Fault Current Protection

10.3.4.1

Testing of 3IO element

10.3.4.2

IDMT test for 3IO>>

10

10.3.4.3

Operating time test of HF for 3IO

11

10.3.4.4

Testing of EF element

12

10.3.4.5

IDMT time test for Ie >>

12

10.3.4.6

Operating Time test of HF for EF

14

10.3.4.7

Testing of NPS

14

10.3.5

Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF

14

10.3.6

Other functional tests

15

10.4

Revision Note

16

11.0 Details of Internal Circuit Diagram


CONTENTS
11.1

Detail of Internal Circuit diagram

11.2

Revision Note

12.0 Problems Occurred & Hardware Software Revision


CONTENTS
12.1

Problems Occurred

12.2

Hardware / Software Revision

12.3

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
CONTENTS

Page 10/10

Revision Note
Issue

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Minor Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
S AF E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/6

SAFETY INSTRUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.08

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
S AF E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/6

CONTENTS

1.1

Introduction

1.2

Healthy & Safety

1.3

Symbol & External Labels

1.4

Decommissioning & Disposal

1.5

Technical Specifications For Safety

1.5.1

Protective Fuse Rating

1.5.2

Protective Class

1.5.3

Installation Category

1.5.4

Environment

1.6

CE Marking

1.7

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.08

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
S AF E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N

1.1

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/6

INTRODUCTION
This guide and the relevant operating or service manual documentation for the equipment
provide full information on safe handling, commissioning and testing of this equipment and
also includes description of equipment label markings.
Documentation for equipment ordered from ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd. is dispatched
separately from manufacture goods and may not be received at the same time. Therefore this
guide is provided to ensure that printed information normally present on equipment is fully
understood by the recipient.
Reference should be made to the external connection diagram before the equipment is
installed, commissioned or serviced.

1.2

HEALTHY AND SAFETY


This information in the Safety Section of the equipment documentation is intended to ensure
that equipment is properly installed and handled in order to maintain it in a safe condition.
It is assumed that everyone who will be associated with the equipment will be familiar with the
contents of that Safety Section, or this Safety Guide.
When electrical equipment is in operated, dangerous voltages will be present in certain parts
of the equipment. Failure to warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger
personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage.
Before working in the terminal strip area, the equipment must be isolated.
Proper and safe operation of the equipment depends on appropriate shipping and handling,
proper storage, installation and commissioning and on careful operation, maintenance and
servicing. For this reason only qualified personal may work on or operate the equipment.
Qualified personnel are individuals who

Are familiar with the installation, commissioning and operation of the equipment and
of the system to which it is being connected.

Are able to safely perform switching operation in accordance with accepted safety
and to isolate ground and label it.

Are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety
engineering practices.

Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid)

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.08

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/6

S AF E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N

The operating manual for the equipment gives instruction for its installation, commissioning
and operation. However, the manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include
detailed information on all topics. In the event of questions or specific problems, do not take
any action without proper authorization. Contact the appropriate Ashida technical sales office
and request the necessary information

1.3

SYMBOLS AND EXTERNAL LABELS ON THE EQUIPMENT


For safety reasons the following symbols and external labels, which may be used on the
equipment or referred to in the equipment documentation, should be understood before the
equipment is installed or commissioned

Caution: refer to equipment documentation

Caution: risk of electric shock

Protective Conductor (*Earth) terminal.


Functional/Protective Conductor Earth terminal
Note This symbol may also be used for a Protective Conductor (Earth) terminal if that
terminal is part of a terminal block or sub-assembly e.g. power supply.
*NOTE: THE TERM EARTH USED THROUGHOUT THIS GUIDE IS THE 9ij DIRECT
EQUIVALENT OF THE NORTH AMERICAN TERM GROUND.

1.4

DECOMMISSIONING AND DISPOSAL


Decommissioning:
The supply input (auxiliary) for the equipment may include capacitors across the
supply or to earth. To avoid electric shock or energy hazards, after completely
isolating the supplies to the equipment (both poles of any dc supply), the capacitors
should be safely discharged via the external terminals prior to decommissioning.
Disposal:
It is recommended that incineration and disposal to water courses is avoided. The
equipment should be disposed of in a safe manner. Any equipment containing
batteries should have them removed before disposal, taking precautions to avoid
short circuits. Particular regulations within the country of operation, may apply to the
disposal of batteries.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.08

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/6

S AF E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N

1.5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SAFETY

1.5.1

Protective Fuse Rating


The recommended maximum rating of the external protective fuse for equipments is 8A, high
rupture capacity (HRC) Red Spot type NIT, or TIA, or equivalent, unless otherwise stated in
the technical data section of the equipment documentation. The protective fuse should be
located as close to the unit as possible.

DANGER -CTs must NOT be fused since open circuiting them may produce
lethal hazardous voltages. 7.2 Protective Class

1.5.2

1.5.3

Protective Class
IEC 61010-1: 2001

Class I (unless otherwise specified in the equipment documentation).

EN 61010-1: 2001

This equipment requires a protective conductor (earth) connection to


ensure user safety.

Installation Category
IEC 61010-1: 2001

Installation Category III (Over voltage Category III):

EN 61010-1: 2001

Distribution level, fixed installation.


Equipment in this category is qualification tested at 5kV peak,
1.2/50s, 500, 0.5J, between all supply circuits and earth and also
between independent circuits

1.5.4

Environment
The equipment is intended for indoor installation and use only. If it is required for use in an
outdoor environment then it must be mounted in a specific cabinet or housing which will
enable it to meet the requirements of IEC 60529 with the classification of degree of protection
IP54 (dust and splashing water protected).

1.6

CE MARKING
Compliance with all relevant European Marking Community directives:
Compliance demonstrated by reference to safety standards.
Product safety: Low Voltage Directive - 73/23/EEC
amended by 93/68/EEC
EN 61010-1: 2001
EN 60950-1: 2001
EN 60255-5: 2001
IEC 60664-1: 2001

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.08

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 6/6

S AF E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N

1.7

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Safety
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.08

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
INTRODUCTION

Page 1/9

INTRODUCTION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
INTRODUCTION

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/9

CONTENTS

2.1

General

2.2

Features

2.3

How to use the Manual

2.4

Ordering Information

2.5

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

INTRODUCTION

2.1.

Page 3/9

General Features of Aditya-V2 Series : ADR241B is a second generation Numerical 3OC + 1EF Over Current Relay. The ADR241B
is part of Ashida Aditya Series ( Aditya-V2 ) of protective relays. General definition and
Aditya series and it model number is give in ordering information.
All the relay are designed using latest numerical technology and having programmable digital
input and outputs to minimized external contact multiplication electromechanical relays. All
relays are tested for EMI / EMC noise as per international IEC specifications. The basic
electronics hardware is common for all relays. The user interface for all relay are similar only
protection logic is different, this make very easy to use. General features of all relays are as
given below

Large 20x4 LCD display

Password Protection for all setting

Disturbance Recorder. Actual waveform of current are captured & saved in the built-in
memory with date time stamping, for analyzing fault condition & fault location.

IEC standard open protocol.

Separate Communication Prot for SCADA (RS485) as well as Local testing (RS232)

Very low burden on CT and PT

Online display current other digital and physical status.

Continuous monitoring of modules internal hardware and alarm generation in case of


failure of any critical components.

10 Digital Output contacts for local alarm Tele-signalling & Control

7 Optically isolated digital status input for monitoring of status and avoid used of external
relay logic

100 nos of event memory, event such CB close, Trip, status change, relay pkp etc. All
events are with date and time stamped up to 1ms

6 Programmable ( 3 Red / 3 Green) LED which can be assigned to any of protection


function

5 Programmable Relay which can be programmed through key board.

5 Optically isolated status input

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
INTRODUCTION

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/9

The ADR241B is a 3 Over Current and 1 EF relay it consist all the necessary protection and
monitoring functions required for Normal feeder it consist of
1. High Speed Digital DSP Controller
2. Analog Measuring Module
3. Power supply Module
4. Digital Input output module.
The High speed Digital Signal Controller continuously monitors line phase current and E/F
current. Along with different status input, through CTs, and optical isolated status
connections. The high-speed micro-controller samples these current signals through a A/D
converter. The Digital Signal performs powerful Numerical Algorithms to find out RMS of
fundamental & harmonic contents of the current. All measurement is tuned to fundamental
frequency i.e 50Hz, thus relay remain stable during distorted waveform generated electronics
loco-motive. All these measure values are then used for different protection function such as
IDMT Over current protection, Instantaneous Over current protection, E/F protection etc.
These measured values are also displayed on large 20 x 4 LCD display for metering purpose.
The DSC also monitor different digital input trough optical isolator and perform some
monitoring function such trip circuit supervision, and control potential free contact for control
CB and generate ALARM and Tele-signalling
The power supply module is basically DC DC converted designed using modern PWM
based Switching mode technique to convert 110Vdc station battery supply to the 12V and
24Vdc low voltage supply for relay electronics and control circuit. It also provides necessary
isolation from station battery. There are two type of power supply modules are available 1)
having range of 77Vdc 250Vdc. Covering requirement of 110Vdc and 220Vdc station
battery system 2) having range of 18Vdc to 52Vdc covering 24Vdc, 30Vdc, 48Vdc station
battery requirement.
The relay is having total 8 nos of dual LED of high intensity for easy identification of type of
fault for easy user interface. LEDs L5, L6 and L7 and Relay R1 to R5, digital status input and
controlled output are fully programmable via key pad interface.
2.2.

Features : Protection Features:


9

4 Element (3 Phase + EF) Over current IDMT/DMT with instant trip.

Programmable (Non- Volatile) Setting By local keys as well as remote setting by


communication port

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
INTRODUCTION

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/9

Selection of Curve: Five selectable curve (Normal Inverse 1 (C1), Normal Inverse 2, (C2)
Very inverse (C3), Extremely inverse (C4), Long time inverse (C5)) and Define Time
(C6).

2.3.

Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

Breaker Failure detection.

In-built CB Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing and post closing of CB.

Negative sequence over current (46).

HOW TO USE THE MANUAL


This manual contain detail information of ADITYA series over current and earth fault relay
such as ADR241B by using this manual user can be familiar with the application, installation
setting & commissioning of these relays.
The User Interface and Menu will be different for different software version. The user
interface chapter describe latest software version relay. The older relay menus are
shown in menu tables. Before referring manual first identify your relay software
version. The software version can be found by following procedure
After Power ON or when the HW RESET and LED RESET push button is pressed
simultaneously, the relay will display the following message.
Ashida Numerical
3OC/1EF IDMT Relay
ADR241B_V2_R2 V02.01
Unit ID = 0001

This window will flash momentarily showing the following


Relay Name : 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay
Relay Type : ADR241B_V2_R2 Software Version : V02.01
Unit ID = 0001
Then the control will go automatically to default window

1. Safety instruction : Content of this chapter is regarding safety of human being to operate/handle this relay.
2. Introduction : Content of this chapter is about general introduction to the ADITYA series of ADR range
of relays.
3. Handling : Content of this chapter is regarding precaution to be taken while handling electronic
equipment.
4. User Guide : A detail description of features of ADITYA series relays.
5. Menu content Table : This chapter contain detail flash chart of relay as per software history.
6. Technical Specification : Comprehensive details on nominal values setting ranges, specification & curve
characteristics.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
INTRODUCTION

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/9

7. Application Guide : This chapter contains detail description of each relay setting guidelines.
8. Communication : Communication setting & Protocol details.
9. Installation, Relay Testing & Commissioning : This chapter contains information regarding installation; complete functional testing of
relay & commissioning data sheet.
10. Periodic Testing : This chapter contains periodic relay testing information.
11. Details of Internal Assemblies : Information regarding relays internal assemblies.
12. Problem Occurred and Hardware & Software Revision : Information regarding Error Codes and Hardware & Software Revisions.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

INTRODUCTION

2.4

Page 7/9

ORDERING INFORMATION
G ene ra l De fin it ion of A d it ya Se r ie s Re lays
E a ch R e l a y i s i de nt i fi e d b y T y pe N o. and Mo d e l N o.
T he Type No. de f in e s t he Fu nc t i o n o f t he R e la y a s Co mm u ni ca bl e / No nC o mm un i ca b l e , Nu m be r o f E le me n t s , T ype of Protection Functio n etc.
T he D e t a i l d e f in it io n o f T yp e N o. is given be lo w.

Definition of Type No of Aditya Series of Relays


ADR

Stands

For

Sub type

Aditya

A = Simple Economical (Mini Function)

Series

B = Extra Function (Mid Range)


S = Self Power
E = Special EF/ Neutral Function
Type of Protection Function
0 = Measurement
1 = Over Current
2 = Over / Under Voltage
3 = Current Differential.
4 = Voltage Control Current
5 = Power / Directional
6 = Power / Measurement
7 = Phase Angle/Syncro-Check
8 = Frequency
9 = Distance / Impedance

Nos. of Elements
1 = Single Element
2 = Double Element
3 = Three Element
4 = Four Element
Type of Communication
1 = No Communication
2 = Comm. (ASCADA / IEC Port)

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

INTRODUCTION

Page 8/9

Definition of Model No of Aditya Series of Relays


AM 201 XX X X XX X
Reserved for Future Use

Auxiliary Supply
01 = 18 52 V dc
02 = 77 250 V dc
03 = 24 V dc
04 = 30 V dc
05 = 48 V dc

PT Secondary
0 = NA
1 = 63.5V ac
2 = 110V ac
3 = 230V ac

06 = 110 V dc
07 = 220 V dc

CT Secondary
1 = 1 Amp.
2 = 5 Amp.
3 = 1 Amp. / 5 Amp. Selectable

Back Terminal Lay out


01 = As Per ADV00101 and
Cabinet as MAC01302

201 indicates
Aditya _V2
This Document For Other model
Refer respective document or contact
Factory

Ordering information:
A

Example
AD R 2 4 1 B AM - 2 0 1 - 0 1 - 3 - 0 - 0 2 - 0
T yp e : A D R 2 4 1 B wi t h s t a n d a r d s e t t i n g I E C 6 0 8 7 0 - 5 - 1 0 3 c o m
St. Back terminal layout
Cabinet Type: CSE -150 H
Auxiliary Supply: 77-250Vdc
C T s e c : 1 Amp. / 5 Amp selectable

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
INTRODUCTION

2.5

Page 9/9

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Introduction
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
H AN D L I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/6

HANDLING AND CASE


DIMENSION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
H AN D L I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/6

CONTENTS
3

Handling

3.1

Receipt of Relay

3.2

Unpacking

3.3

Handling of Electric Components

3.4

Storage

3.5

Dimensions

3.5.1

Connections of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals

3.5.2

Earthing

3.6

Cabinet drawing

3.7

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
H AN D L I N G

3.

HANDLING

3.1

RECEIPT OF RELAY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/6

Care must be taken when unpacking & installing the relay so that none of part is damaged
inside the box. Operation manual and test report are there store this property for further use.
Relay must be handled by skilled personnel. Relays that have been removed from their boxes
should not be left in situation where they are exposed to dust or damp. This particularity
applies to installation which are carried out at the same time as construction work. Relays that
are not immediately installed should be returned in to there corrugated box.
3.2

UNPACKING
Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the relays so that none of the parts is
damaged or the setting altered. Relays must only be handled by skilled personnel. The
installation should be done by clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and excessive
vibration. The site should be lit to facilitate inspection. Relays that have been removed from
their cases should not be left in situations where they are exposed to dust and damp. This
particularly applies to installation which are being carried out at the same time as construction
work

3.3

HANDLING OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS


Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
As relay can be tested completely from external connections and relay setting can be done by
push button from front plate, there is no need to open the metal box.
The relay use component that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. The electronic printed
circuit board (PCB) are well protected by the metal case. So unnecessary do not touch the
PCB tracks, connector, electronic component as they can be damaged by static electricity
discharge form the body as normal movement of a person can easily generate electrostatic
potentials of several thousand volts, discharge these voltage into ESD sensitive component
when handling electronic circuit can cause serious damage which often may not be
immediately apparent but the reliability of the circuit will have been reduced.
The electrostatic discharge when housed in the metal box do not expose them to risk of
damage by electrostatic discharge.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

H AN D L I N G

3.4

Page 4/6

STORAGE
If relays are not to be installed immediately upon receipt they should be stored in a place free
from dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifier crystals will be impaired
if the bag has been exposed to ambient conditions and may be restored by gently heating the
bag for about an hour, prior to replacing it in the carton
Dust which collect on a carton may, on subsequent unpacking find its way into the relay, in
damp conditions the carton and packing may become Impregnated with moisture and the dehumidifier will lose its efficiency.
Storage temperature: -25C to +70C

3.5

DIMENSIONS

3.5.1

Connection of power terminals, and Signals terminals


The individual equipment are delivered with sufficient M4 screws to connect the relay via
annular terminals, with a maximum recommended of two annular terminals per contact.
To insure the insulation of the terminals and to respect the security and safety instructions,
an isolated sleeve can be used.
We recommend the following cable cross-sections:
Auxiliary sources Vaux : 1.5 mm (some electrical utiliets use 2.5 mm2 )
Communication Port D9 Femel with 0.5 mm2 per core total 4 core screen. The maximum
length of 1000m. Linear capacitance between conductor and earth : 100pF/m
PT Circuit 1.5 mm2
Other circuits 1.0 mm
CT Circuit 4 - 6 mm2
We recommend to protect the auxiliary source connection by using a fuse of type NIT or TIA
with a breaking capacity of 16A. For security reasons, do never install fuses in current
Transformers circuits. The other circuits must be protected by fuses.

3.5.2

Earthing
Each equipment must be connected to a local earth terminal by the intermediary of a M4
earth terminals. We recommend a wire of minimal section of 2,5 mm, connected to cabinet
bolt . Because of the limitations of the annular terminals,
NOTE : To prevent any electrolytic risk between copper conductor or brass conductor and the
back plate of the equipment, it is necessary to take precautions to isolate them one from the
other. This can be done in several ways, for example by inserting between the conductor and
the case a plated nickel or insulated ring washer or by using a tin terminals.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 6/6

H AN D L I N G

3.7

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Handling
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 1/95

USERS GUIDE

USERS GUIDE
(For Software V2.xx)

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/95

CONTENTS
4.1

Front Panel and Control

4.2

Users Interface

4.2.1

LCD Display

4.2.2

Touch Keys

4.2.3

LEDs

4.2.4

RS485

4.2.5

RS232

4.3

Password

4.3.1

Password Entry & Changing the Password

4.3.2

Clear Password

10

4.3.3

Default Settings

11

4.3.3.1

General Settings

11

4.3.3.2

Protection Settings

12

4.4

Menus

15

4.4.1

Default Display

15

4.4.2

Main Menu List

16

4.4.2.1

Main Menu List Details

17

4.4.3

Measurement

23

4.4.3.1

To View - Measurement

23

4.4.4

General Setting

24

4.4.4.1

To Set General Setting

24

4.4.4.2

To View General Setting

28

4.4.5

Over Current (OC-G1) Setting

29

4.4.5.1

To Set OC-G1 Setting

29

4.4.5.2

To View OC-G1 Setting

32

4.4.6

Earth Fault (EF-G1) Setting

33

4.4.6.1

To Set EF-G1 Setting

33

4.4.6.2

To View EF-G1 Setting

36

4.4.7

3Io-G1 Setting

37

4.4.7.1

To Set 3Io-G1 Setting

37

4.4.7.2

To View 3Io-G1 Setting

40

4.4.8

Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G1) Setting

41

4.4.8.1

To Set NPS-G1 Setting

41

4.4.8.2

To View NPS-G1 Setting

43

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/95

4.4.9

Over Current (OC-G2) Setting

44

4.4.9.1

To Set OC-G2 Setting

44

4.4.9.2

To View OC-G2 Setting

47

4.4.10

Earth Fault (EF-G2) Setting

48

4.4.10.1

To Set EF-G2 Setting

48

4.4.10.2

To View EF-G2 Setting

51

4.4.11

3Io-G2 Setting

52

4.4.11.1

To Set 3Io-G2 Setting

52

4.4.11.2

To View 3Io-G2 Setting

55

4.4.12

Negative Phase Sequence Element (NPS-G2) Setting

56

4.4.12.1

To Set NPS-G2 Setting

56

4.4.12.2

To View NPS-G2 Setting

58

4.4.13

Auto Recloser (ARR) Setting

59

4.4.13.1

To Set ARR Setting

59

4.4.13.2

To View ARR Setting

61

4.4.14

Relay/LED Configuration

62

4.4.14.1

Bit Definition for Relay/LED Configuration

62

4.4.14.2

List of Protection Function and Digital Inputs

63

4.4.14.3

To Set Relay/LED Configuration

67

4.4.14.4

To View Relay/LED Configuration

72

4.4.14.5

Example of Relay / LED Configuration

73

4.4.15

Fault 1

88

4.4.15.1

To View Fault 1 Data [Fault 2 to Fault 20]

88

4.4.16

Status

89

4.4.16.1

To View Status

89

4.4.17

Error Log

89

4.4.17.1

To View Error Log

89

4.4.18

Close

90

4.4.19

Trip

90

4.4.20

Active Group

91

4.4.20

Date Time Setting

92

4.4.20.1

To Set Date Time setting

92

4.4.20.2

To View Date Time Setting

93

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/95

4.5

Input Signals

94

4.5.1

Auxiliary Supply Input

94

4.5.2

CT Secondary Input

94

4.5.3

Status Input

94

4.5.4

Trip Circuit Supervision Input

94

4.6

Output Signals

94

4.6.1

Trip Contact

94

4.6.2

Programmable Contact

94

4.6.3

LBB Protection Contact

94

4.6.4

Relay ( OK ) Healthy Contact

94

4.6.5

Auto Recloser Reclose Contact

94

4.6.6

Auto Recloser Lockout Contact

94

4.6.7

Control Contact selectable

94

4.7

Revision Note

95

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/95

USERS GUIDE

4.1.

Front Panel and Control


14

1
2
3
4
6

Sr. No.

Legend
LEDs

10

PROTH / ERR

11

12

13

Description
Total 8 dual colours LED (Red and Green) are provided for
user interface. The some of LEDs are pre defined. While
some are spare and can be programmed as per the
requirement. Following are fix LED
Protection Healthy This is a green LED and become off in
flowing condition. During Error It become Red
a

When Auxiliary supply is not sufficient to operate


relay.

Relay detect some internal hardware error (LED will


become RED)

When there Trip circuit is faulty


(LED will become RED)

FAULT / PKP

Green LED indicates FAULT condition. This is Hand Reset


(HR) indication and remains on till Reset either by local
switch or through communication
Red LED indicates Relay PICKUP condition This is Self
Reset (SR) type. Indicates at least one of the current inputs
is above set threshold.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/95

USERS GUIDE

DT / REC

LOCK / BF

ARR. E / ARR.D

L6 / L7

TRIP / CLOSE

Green LED indicates Output TRIP Relay contact closer


(Self Reset SR) Type
Red LED indicate Output CLOSE Relay contact closer
Self Reset (SR) Type

LCD display

A 20 character by 4 line back-lit large LCD display will be


provided for display of setting / status and measured value
such as line current etc.

LED Reset

1 Key will be provided for LED reset

10

TEST

1 key will be provided for Trip test. This key could be


blocked through general setting, if required.

11

ARR

1 Key will be provided to Enable/Disable ARR (Auto


Recloser Relay) function.

12

HW Reset

1 key will be provided for Hardware reset. This key will be


interlocked with LED reset.

13

Navigation Key

4 keys will be provided for navigation through different


display menu and to do setting

14

Cover

This is a removable cover. After removing this cover, local


communication port (RS232) will be accessible.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Green LED indicates Dead Time


Red LED indicate Reclaim time
Green LED indicates ARR lock-out Hand Reset (HR) Type.
Red LED indicates Breaker Fail Hand Reset (HR) Type.
Green LED indicates ARR Enable
Red LED indicates ARR Disable
(Note : The above function can be assigned to this LED
after loading default Setting)
Spare LED Programmable

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

4.2.

USER INTERFACE

4.2.1.

LCD Display

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 7/95

Back-lit LCD display 20 x 4 is provided for parameter and setting display and for easy viewing
of measurement, setting, fault records, date & time, error message. Back-lit will automatically
switch off if any push button key will not be pressed for more than 100sec. The display backlit can be made on by pressing any push button key. Back-lit is also automatically turned on
when any tripping occurs on particular equipment.
4.2.2.

Touch Keys
The function of relay is controlled by the following keys, Left Arrow key (), Right Arrow key
(), Up Arrow key () Down Arrow key () and LED Reset Key, Test Key, Bypass Key and
HW Reset Key which are provided on the front Plate.

When the Right Arrow key () is pressed the operator is able to view the setting of the
relay. When the Right Arrow key () is pressed again it will go to the next setting page,
but in case there are no more setting to be displayed it returns to the main menu.

When the Left Arrow key () is pressed than you can return to previous display page, it
relay is already on main menu then, you are able to enter the setting which can be now
modified using Up Arrow key () Down Arrow key (). When the Left Arrow key ()
pressed again it will go to the next setting.

The Up Arrow key () is used to increment the value, the Down Arrow key () is used to
decrement the value in the display.

The Left Arrow key () Right Arrow key () can be used to go forward or backward,
both when doing the settings and while viewing the settings

At the time of setting if changes are not carried within 100s then the display will reset it
self and return to the main menu. Or you can discard setting and abort to main menu
by pressing LED RESET key
HW RESET key is never require in normal operation, It is series with LED RESET
key, When both keys are pressed simultaneously it reset total hardware of relay. This
normally required during firmware update of relay.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 8/95

USERS GUIDE

4.2.3.

LEDs
The relay is having total 8 nos of dual LED of high intensity for easy identification of type of
fault for easy user interface. LEDs L6 and L7 are fully programmable via key pad interface as
these are bi-color LED effectively 6 LEDs are full programmable.
Sr. No.
1

2
3

Legend

Description

PROT.H /
ERR

: Green LED indicates Relay OK (Protection Healthy)

FAULT /
PICK-UP

: Green LED indicates FAULT Hand Reset (HR) Type.

DT / REC

: Green LED indicate Dead Time

: In case of following condition led become Red


1. Problem in relay Hardware.
2. Trip Circuit Fault
: Red LED indicate Start of timer Self Reset (SR) Type
: Red LED indicate Reclaim time

LOCK /
BF

: Green LED indicate ARR lock-out (HR) Type

ARR. E /
ARR. D

Green LED indicates ARR Enable


Red LED indicates ARR Disable
(Note : The above function can be assigned to this LED after
loading default Setting)

L6

: Spare LED Programmable

L7

: Spare LED Programmable

TRIP /
CLOSE

: Green LED indicates Output Trip relay contact closer (SR) Type

4.2.4.

: Red LED indicate Breaker Fail (HR) Type

: Red LED indicate output Close relay contact closer (SR) Type

RS485 Port
RS485 port is provided at the back side of relay (near to terminal block) for permanent
SCADA connectivity. The physical connection is through D9 type male connector, to avoid
accentual connection power warring to communication input. There are 4 wire are used 2 for
transmission and 2 for receiving. The actual connection diagram is given in communication
section. Using RS485 port Fault data live event, disturbance record, etc can be downloaded
port.

4.2.5.

RS232 Port
RS232 Communication port D9 type male is provided on front panel of relay, after opening of
front cover this port is available. This is very useful for down loading relay data and analysis it.
For proper operation user must select communication port from keyboard (general setting)
detail description is given in communication chapter.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 9/95

USERS GUIDE

4.3.

Password

4.3.1.

Password Entry and changing the password


To enter password in all ADR241B_V2 refer following steps ( User can go to this screen by
pressing HW RESET + LED RESET Simultaneously)
In ADR241B the password protected windows are 1. General Setting 2. OC G1 Setting
3. EF G1 Setting 4. 3Io G1 Setting 5. NPS G1 Setting 6. OC G2 Setting 7. EF
G2 Setting 8. 3Io G22 Setting 9. NPS G2 Setting 10. ARR Setting 11. Relay LED
Config and 12. Date Time Setting
Procedure to enter the password is same for all windows to enter the password follow these
steps.

Secondary Current
R = 000.00 Y = 000.00
B = 000.00 3Io=000.00
CT Sec. Selected = 1A

Measurement

General Settings

This is default window showing the actual Secondary Load


Current as per CT Sec selection
Press the arrow key () the relay will display Main menu
directly as follows.

Using + /  (INR) or - /  (DEC) key scroll the main menu to


go to General Setting

Password protected window for General Setting for


setting New Password, language Selection, Unit ID, Baud
Rate, Com Port, Set Parity, BF Enable, BF Delay, BF
Cont,. CT Sec., CT EF, CT Primary, Local Control, Trip
Ckt. Trip Cont., Active Group, Cold Load Pick_up. and EF
Current
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, by using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
New Password
= 000
Range
000-099
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
New Password can be set. The range is from 000-099 in
steps of 001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display other
windows on by one till the following window.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 10/95

USERS GUIDE

Mode for Save?


Save Settings

Now again press the  Left arrow key the K window will
appear for a moment and the control will automatically return
to General Settings

OK

General Setting

4.3.2.

Clear Password
There are unlinking event when user forgot the password, in such case password can be
cleared by pressing following sequences
1) Press HW RESET + LED RESET Simultaneously, and hold both.
2) Press navigation key () key Immediately and hold then release HW RESET + LED
RESET
3) Press and hold navigation key () key until following message appear on display

Ashida Numerical
3OC/1EF IDMT Relay
ADR241B_V2_R2 V02.08
Unit ID = 0001

All Fault Memories, Password


Clear & all protection OFF
Press HW+LED Reset

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This window will flash momentarily showing the following


Relay Name : 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay
Relay Type : ADR241B_V2_R2 Software Version : V02.01
Unit ID = 0001
Then the control will go automatically to following window

This window will appear shows all fault memories and


password are clear and default password was 0000. All
protection function will disable and required to enable as per
requirement.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 11/95

USERS GUIDE

4.3.3.

Default Settings

4.3.3.1.

General Settings
Index

Settings

Value

Range

BF Enable

YES/NO

BF Delay

200mSec

Range 200-1000ms

BF Cont

SR/HR

CT Sec.

2Amp

1Amp/5Amp

CT EF

2Amp

1Amp/5Amp

CT Primary

300

Range 10-2000

Local Control

YES/NO

Trip Ckt

YES/NO

Trip Cont

SR/HR

10

Active Group

G1/G2

11

Cold Ld PKP

Enable/Disable

12

RL1 H

14560

13

RL1 L

32768

14

RL2 H

50944

15

RL2 L

32769

16

RL3 H

17

RL3 L

18

RL4 H

19

RL4 L

20

RL5 H

21

RL5 L

22

L5 Green H

Special LED

23

L5 Green L

Special LED

24

L5 Red H

Special LED

25

L5 Red L

Special LED

26

L6 Green H

27

L6 Green L

32772

28

L6 Red H

29

L6 Red L

32770

30

L7 Green H

31

L7 Green L

32

L7 Red H

33

L7 Red L

34

S1

35

S2

36

S3

37

S4

38

S5

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 12/95

USERS GUIDE

4.3.3.2.

Protection Settings
Index

Settings

IP> Enable

Value

Range

YES/NO

IP>

90%

Range 10%-200%

IP> TMS

0.15

Range x0.02-x1.00

IP> Curve

C1-C6

IP> C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

IP>> Enable

YES/NO

IP>>

100%

Range 10%-200%

IP>> TMS

0.15

Range x0.02-x1.00

IP>> Curve

C1-C6

10

IP>> C6 Delay

0.1S

0-99.90S

11

P>>> Enable

YES/NO

12

IP>>>

400%

Range 50%-2000%

0.1S

0-2.00S

- G1

13

IP>>> Delay

14

EF > Enable

YES/NO

15

EF >

20%

Range 10%-200%

16

EF > TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

17

EF > Curve

C1-C6

18

EF > C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

19

EF >> Enable

YES/NO

20

EF >>

80%

Range 10%-200%

21

EF >> TMS

0.15

Range x0.02-x1.00

22

EF >> Curve

C1-C6

23

EF >> C6 Delay

0.1S

0-99.90S

24

EF >>> Enable

YES/NO

25

EF >>>

100%

Range 50%-2000%

26

EF >>> Delay

0.1S

0-2.00S

27

3Io > Enable

YES/NO

28

3Io >

20%

Range 10%-200%

29

3Io > TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

30

3Io > Curve

C1-C6

31

3Io > C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

32

3Io >> Enable

YES/NO

33

3Io >>

20%

Range 10%-200%

34

3Io >> TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

35

3Io >> Curve

C1-C6

36

3Io >> C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

37

3Io >>> Enable

YES/NO

38

3Io >>>

100%

Range 50%-2000%

39

3Io >>> Delay

0.1S

0-2.00S

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

- G1

- G1

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 13/95

USERS GUIDE

Index

Settings

Value

Range

40

I2 >> Enable

YES/NO

41

I2 >>

20%

Range 10%-200%

42

I2 >> TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

43

I2 >> Curve

C1-C6

44

I2 >> C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

45

I2 >>> Enable

YES/NO

46

I2 >>>

100%

Range 50%-2000%

47

I2 >>> Delay

0.05S

0-2.00S

48

IP> Enable

YES/NO

49

IP>

20%

Range 10%-200%

50

IP> TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

51

IP> Curve

C1-C6

52

IP> C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

53

IP>> Enable

YES/NO

54

IP>>

100%

Range 10%-200%

55

IP>> TMS

0.2

Range x0.02-x1.00

56

IP>> Curve

C1-C6

57

IP>> C6 Delay

0.1S

0-99.90S

58

P>>> Enable

YES/NO

59

IP>>>

600%

Range 50%-2000%

0.2S

0-2.00S

- G2

60

IP>>> Delay

61

EF > Enable

YES/NO

62

EF >

20%

Range 10%-200%

63

EF > TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

64

EF > Curve

C1-C6

65

EF > C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

66

EF >> Enable

YES/NO

67

EF >>

90%

Range 10%-200%

68

EF >> TMS

0.2

Range x0.02-x1.00

69

EF >> Curve

C1-C6

70

EF >> C6 Delay

0.1S

0-99.90S

71

EF >>> Enable

YES/NO

72

EF >>>

200%

Range 50%-2000%

73

EF >>> Delay

0.15S

0-2.00S

74

3Io > Enable

YES/NO

75

3Io >

20%

Range 10%-200%

76

3Io > TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

77

3Io > Curve

C1-C6

78

3Io > C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

- G2

- G2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 14/95

USERS GUIDE

79

3Io >> Enable

YES/NO

80

3Io >>

20%

Range 10%-200%

81

3Io >> TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

82

3Io >> Curve

C1-C6

83

3Io >> C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

84

3Io >>> Enable

YES/NO

85

3Io >>>

100%

Range 50%-2000%

86

3Io >>> Delay

0.05S

0-2.00S

87

I2 >> Enable

YES/NO

88

I2 >>

20%

Range 10%-200%

89

I2 >> TMS

0.02

Range x0.02-x1.00

90

I2 >> Curve

C1-C6

91

I2 >> C6 Delay

0.01S

0-99.90S

92

I2 >>> Enable

YES/NO

93

I2 >>>

100%

Range 50%-2000%

94

I2 >>> Delay

0.05S

0-2.00S

- G2

95

ARR Enable

YES/NO

99

N SHOT

Range 00-04

97

DT1

40S

Range 0.10-180.00S

98

DT2

60S

Range 0.10-180.00S

99

DT3

1S

Range 0.10-180.00S

100

DT4

1S

Range 0.10-180.00S

101

Reclaim Time

30S

Range 1.0-200.0S

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

4.4.

MENUS

4.4.1.

Default Display :

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 15/95

After Power ON or when the HW RESET + LED RESET push button is pressed
simultaneously, the relay will display the following message.
Ashida Numerical
3OC/1EF IDMT Relay
ADR241B_V2_R2 V02.08
Unit ID = 0001

Secondary Current
R = 000.01 Y = 000.01
B = 000.02 3Io = 000.02
CT Sec. Selected = 1A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This window will flash momentarily showing the following


Relay Name : 3OC/1EF IDMT Relay
Relay Type : ADR241B_V2_R2 Software Version : V02.01
Unit ID = 0001
Then the control will go automatically to default window

This is default window showing the actual Secondary Load


Current as per CT Sec selection
Press the arrow key () the relay will display Main menu
directly as follows.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 16/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.2.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

Main Menu List


Secondary Current
R = 000.00 Y = 000.00
B = 000.00 3Io = 000.02
CT Sec. Selected = 1A

This is default window showing the actual Secondary Load


Current as per CT Sec selection
Press the arrow key () the relay will display Main menu
directly as follows.

Measurement, General Settings, OCG1 Settings, EFG1


Settings, 3IoG1 Settings, NPSG1 Settings, OCG2
Settings, EFG2 Settings, 3IoG2 Settings, NPSG2
Settings ARR Settings, Relay/LED Config, Fault 1, Fault 2,
Fault 3, Fault 4, Fault 5, Fault 6, Fault 7, Fault 8, Fault 9,
Fault 10, Status, , Fault 11, Fault 12, Fault 13, Fault 14, Fault
15, Fault 16, Fault 17, Fault 18, Fault 19, Fault 20, Status,
Error Log, Close, Trip, Active Group G1 and Date/Time,
these are the Main Menus available in this relay.

Measurement
General

Settings

OC G1

Settings

EF G1

Settings

3Io G1

Settings

NPS G1 Settings
OC G2

Settings

EF G2

Settings

3Io G2

Settings

NPSG2

Settings

ARR

Settings

Relay/LED Config
Fault 1
Fault 2
Fault 3
Fault 4
Fault 5
Fault 6
Fault 7
Fault 8
Fault 9
Fault 10
Fault 11
Fault 12
Fault 13
Fault 14
Fault 15
Fault 16
Fault 17
Fault 18
Fault 19
Fault 20
Status
Error Log
Close
Trip
Active Group G2
Date/Time

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Since the LCD Display consist only of 4 Lines, the main


menu list can be scrolled up or down by using the Up
Arrow key () or the Down Arrow key (). The arrow
pointers suggest that particular main menu is selected.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

4.4.2.1.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 17/95

Main Menu List Details

Measurement

General Settings

OC- G1 Settings

EF G1 Settings

3Io G1 Settings

NPS G1 Settings

OC- G2 Settings

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This menu is to view the actual load current in primary as


well as secondary as per the CT Secondary and CT Primary
selection for all protection function.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for General Setting for


setting New Password, Language Selection , Unit ID, Baud
Rate, Com Port, Set Parity, BF Enable, BF Delay, BF Cont,.
CT Sec., C.T. EF, CT Primary, Local Control, Trip Circuit,
Trip Cont., Active Group, Cold Load Pick-up and EF Current
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.
Password protected window for OC Settings for setting
IP> Enable, Ip>% Range, IP>TMS, IP> Curve, IP>C6 Delay,
IP>> Enable, Ip>> % Range, IP>>TMS, IP>> Curve, IP>>C6
Delay, IP>>> Enable, Ip>>>% Range, IP>>> C6 Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for EF Settings for setting


IE> Enable, IE>% Range, IE>TMS, IE> Curve, IE>C6 Delay,
IE>> Enable, IE>>% Range, IE>>TMS, IE>> Curve, IE>>C6
Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> % Range and IE>>> C6 Delay
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for 3Io Settings for setting


3Io> Enable, 3Io>% Range, 3Io>TMS, 3Io> Curve, 3Io>C6
Delay, 3Io>> Enable, 3Io>>% Range, 3Io>>TMS, 3Io>>
Curve, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Range,
3Io>>> C6 Delay
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.
Password protected window for NPS Setting for setting
I2>> Enable, I2>>% Range, I2>>TMS, I2>>Curve, I2>>C6
Delay, I2>>> Enable, I2>>>% Range, I2>>>Delay
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for OC Settings for setting


IP> Enable, Ip>% Range, IP>TMS, IP> Curve, IP>C6 Delay,
IP>> Enable, Ip>> %Range, IP>>TMS, IP>> Curve, IP>>C6
Delay, IP>>> Enable, Ip>>>% Range, IP>>> C6 Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

EF G2 Settings

3Io G2 Settings

NPS G2 Settings

ARR Settings

Relay/LED Config

Fault 1

Fault 2

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 18/95

Password protected window for EF Settings for setting


IE> Enable, IE>% Range, IE>TMS, IE> Curve, IE>C6 Delay,
IE>> Enable, IE>>% Range, IE>>TMS, IE>> Curve, IE>>C6
Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> % Range and IE>>> C6 Delay
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for 3Io Settings for setting


3Io> Enable, 3Io>% Range, 3Io>TMS, 3Io> Curve, 3Io>C6
Delay, 3Io>> Enable, 3Io>>% Range, 3Io>>TMS, 3Io>>
Curve, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Range,
3Io>>> C6 Delay
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.
Password protected window for NPS Setting for setting
I2>> Enable, I2>>% Range, I2>>TMS, I2>>Curve, I2>>C6
Delay, I2>>> Enable, I2>>>% Range, I2>>>Delay
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for ARR Setting for setting


N SHOT, DT1, DT2, DT3, DT4 and Reclaim Time selection.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password protected window for Relay LED Config for


setting RL1, RL1 Cont, RL2, RL2 Cont, RL3, RL3 Cont,
RL4, RL4 Cont, RL5, RL5 Cont, L5 Green, L5 Green, L5
Red, L5 Red, L6 Green, L6 Green, L6 Red, L6 Red, L7
Green, L7 Green, L7 Red , L7 Red, S1, S2, S3, S4 & S5
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the latest fault data stored by the relay.
That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date
Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the first latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

Fault 3

Fault 4

Fault 5

Fault 6

Fault 7

Fault 8

Fault 9

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 19/95

This menu is to view the second latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the third latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the fourth latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the fifth latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the sixth latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the seventh latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the eight latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

Fault 10

Fault 11

Fault 12

Fault 13

Fault 14

Fault 15

Fault 16

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 20/95

This menu is to view the ninth latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the tenth latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the eleventh latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the twelfth latest fault data stored by the
relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the thirteenth latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the fourteenth latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the fifthteenth latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

Fault 17

Fault 18

Fault 19

Fault 20

Status

Error Log

Close

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 21/95

This menu is to view the sixteenth latest fault data stored by


the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the seventeenth latest fault data stored


by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the eighteenth latest fault data stored


by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the nineteenth latest fault data stored


by the relay. That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary
current, Date Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the Status of the digital input S1, S2,
S3, S4 and S5 also Trip circuit Supervision digital input T1
and T2
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to view the Error Code detected by the self


supervision function of the relay and showing detail
information of trip circuit supervision.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This menu is to perform Close operation for Circuit Breaker


by pressing () arrow key this menu will be function only
when Local Control = ON from password protected General
Setting menu.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

Trip

Active Group G1

Date Time

Measurement

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 22/95

This menu is to perform Trip operation for Circuit Breaker by


pressing () arrow key this menu will be function only when
Local Control = ON from password protected General
Setting menu.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow

This menu will show selected Active Group from password


protected menu General Setting.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow

Password protected window for setting Date Time


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 23/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.3.

MEASUREMENT

4.4.3.1.

To View Measurement

Measurement

This menu is to view the actual load current in primary as


well as secondary as per the CT Secondary and CT Primary
selection.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Secondary Current
R = 000.00 Y = 000.00
B = 000.00 3Io =000.03
CT Sec. Selected = 1A

This window will show actual Secondary Current as per CT


Sec. selection
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follows.

Primary Current
R = 00000A Y = 00000A
B = 00000A 3Io = 00000A

This window will show actual Primary Current as per


CT Primary. selection, it will display current in K (KAmp) .
When CT Primary 500?
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follows.

I1=000.01
I2=000.01
EF=000.01

Measurement

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This window will show actual Secondary Current as per


respective C.T. Secondary setting.
Positive phase sequence Current I1
Negative phase Sequence Current I2
Exta EF current (from external CBCT) - Ie
Press the arrow key () to display the main menu.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

4.4.4.

GENERAL SETTINGS

4.4.4.1.

To Set General Setting

General Setting

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 24/95

Password protected window for General Setting for


setting New Password, Language Selection , Unit ID, Baud
Rate, Com Port, Set Parity, BF Enable, BF Delay, BF Cont,.
CT Sec., C.T. EF, CT Primary, Local Control, Trip Circuit,
Trip Cont., Active Group, Cold Load Pick-up and EF Current
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
New Password
= 000
Range
000-099
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
New Password can be set. The range is from 000-099 in
steps of 001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Language Sel.
= ENG
Range
ENG / TUR
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Language English / Turkey can be selected.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Unit ID
= 001
Range
001-250
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Unit ID address can be selected. The unit
address can be set from 001 to 250 in steps of 001, which
means total 250 devises can be connected to single
computer. The 250th address is reserved for special
command. These settings are required to communicate with
the SCADA computer.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Baud Rate
= 09600
Range
1200-57600
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Baud Rate can be set. The range is from 120057600. (i.e. 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200, 38400 and 57600)
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 25/95

General Settings
Com Port
= RS232
RS232/RS485
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the Com Port can be set. It can be set either RS232 Serial
Port or RS485 Port.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Set Parity
= Even
None/Even/Odd
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Set Parity can be set, that is None/Even/Odd.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
BF Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired BF Enable (Breaker Fail) can be set, that is YES
or NO. If set YES then BF relay is enable and if set NO then
it will be disable.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
BF Delay
= 0200
Range
200-1000ms
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired BF Delay Setting (Breaker Fail delay for backup protection) can be set. The range of setting is from 2001000ms in steps of 100ms. The BF fail function is used for
back-up protection, when CB fails to trip even after relay
gives the trip command, the BF Delay is set to operate
backup protection.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
BF Cont
= SR
SR/HR
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the BF Contact can be set, that is SR (Self Reset) or HR
(Hand Reset).
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
CT Sec.
= 1Amp
1Amp/5Amp
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the CT Sec. Setting of protection function such as Ip> , Ip>>
, Ip>>> , 3Io >, 3Io>>, 3Io>>>, NPS>>,NPS>>>
can be selected 1 Amp. or 5 Amp.
Note : Care should be taken to see proper connection
are established at the back terminal, i.e. between Com.
and 1 while selecting 1 Amp and between Com. and 5
while selecting 5Amp.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 26/95

USERS GUIDE

General Settings
CT Sec. EF
= 1 Amp
1Amp/5Amp
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the CT Sec. Setting of protection function such as IE>,
IE>>, IE>>> can be selected 1 Amp. or 5 Amp.
Note : Care should be taken to see proper connection
are established at the back terminal, i.e. between Com.
and 1 while selecting 1 Amp and between Com. and 5
while selecting 5Amp.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
CT Primary
= 0100
Range 10-2000
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the CT Primary setting can be applicable for protection
function such as Ip> , Ip>> , Ip>>> , 3Io >, 3Io>>, 3Io>>>,
NPS>>,NPS>>>.
The range for CT Primary setting is form 10 to 2000 in
steps of 1.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Local Control
= YES
YES / NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Local Control selection can be enable TRIP push button
function from relays front plate.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Trip Ckt
= NO
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Trip Circuit Supervision function can be Enable / Disable that
is YES or NO. If set YES then the Trip Circuit Supervision
function will be Enable, if it is set as NO then Trip Circuit
Supervision function will be Disable
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Trip Cont
= SR
SR/HR
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the Trip Contact can be set, that is SR (Self Reset) or HR
(Hand Reset).
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Settings
Active Group
G1 / G2
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Active Group can be selected.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= G1

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 27/95

USERS GUIDE

General Settings
Cold Ld. PKP
YES / NO
Use Inr/Dec

= NO

Save Settings
Mode for Save

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the Cold Load Pick-up function can be Enable / Disable,
That is YES for Enable and NO for Disable.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED
Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100 sec.

OK

General Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 28/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.4.2.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

To View General Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

General Setting

Language Sel.
Unit ID
Baud Rate
Com Port

= ENG
= 0001
= 09600
= RS232

This window will show General Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.
This is Page 1

Set Parity
BF Enable
BF Delay
BF Cont

= Even
= YES
= 0200
= SR

This window will show General Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.
This is Page 2

CT Sec.
CT Sec. EF
CT Primary
Local Control

= 1Amp
= 1Amp
= 0100
= YES

This window will show General Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.
This is Page 3

Trip Ckt
Trip Cont.
Active Group
Cold Ld PKP

= NO
= SR
= G1
= NO

This window will show General Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.
This is Page 3

General Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 29/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.5.

OVER CURRENT (OC- G1) SETTINGS

4.4.5.1.

To Set :- OC G1 Setting
OC- G1 Setting

Password protected window for OC-G1 Setting for setting


Password, IP> Stage1 Enable, IP> %Trip Setting, IP> TMS,
IP> Curve selection, IP>C6 Delay, IP>> Stage 2 Enable,
IP>> Trip Setting Stage 2, IP>> TMS, IP>> Curve selection,
IP>>C6 Delay, IP>>> Stage 3 Enable, IP>>>
Instantaneous Element Trip Setting, IP>>> Delay,
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

OC- G1 Settings
IP> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

= YES

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can
be Enable / Disable that is YES / NO respectively.
If set YES then IP> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set.
The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting
stage1 can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps
of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 30/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC- G1 Settings
IP> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IP> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IP> .
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IP>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

OC- G1 Settings
IP>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2)
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 31/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC- G1 Settings
IP>> C6 Delay
= 000.1
Range
00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IP>> C6 delay is
from 00.00(Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IP>>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP>>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage
3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IP>>> is
enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

OC- G1 Settings
IP>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3 can
be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Settings
IP>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key () the
desired IP>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage 3)
can be selected. The setting range for of IP>>> delay is
from00.00 (Inst) to 2.00secs in steps of 0.05secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 32/95

USERS GUIDE

OC- G1 Settings

4.4.5.2.

To View :- OC- G1 Settings

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC- G1 Setting

IP>=ON
IP> = 0020
IP> TMS
= 01.00
IP> Curve
= 0001
IP> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IP>>=ON
IP>> = 0020
IP>>TMS
= 01.00
IP>> Curve
= 0001
IP>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IP>>>=ON
IP>>>
IP>>>Delay

This window will show OC Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 0200
= 00.05

OC- G1 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 33/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.6

EARTH FAULT (EF G1) SETTINGS

4.4.6.1

To Set : EF G1 Setting:

EF G1 Setting

Password protected window EF G1 Setting for setting


Password, IE> Enable, IE> Trip Setting Stage 1, IE> TMS,
IE> Curve Selection, IE>C6 Delay, IE>> Enable, IE>> Trip
Setting Stage 2, IE>> TMS, IE>> Curve Selection, IE>>C6
Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> Trip setting High Set, IE>>>
Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 0000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

= YES

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can
be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IE> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set.
The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1)
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as
0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 34/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

EF G1 Settings
IE> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IE>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

EF G1 Settings
IE>>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 35/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

EF G1 Settings
IE>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IE>>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE>>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage
3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>>> is
enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

EF G1 Settings
IE>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can
be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Settings
IE>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage
3) can be selected. The setting range for of IE>>> delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 36/95

USERS GUIDE

EF G1 Setting

4.4.6.2

To View :

EF G1 Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G1 Setting

IE>=ON
IE> = 0020
IE> TMS
= 01.00
IE> Curve
= 0001
IE> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IE>>=ON
IE>> = 0020
IE>> TMS
= 01.00
IE>> Curve
= 0001
IE>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IE>>>=ON
IE>>>
IE>>>Delay

This window will show EF Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 200
= 00.05

EF G1 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 37/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.7

3Io G1 SETTINGS

4.4.7.1

To Set :

3Io - G1 Setting

3Io G1 Setting

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key () or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 0000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password protected window for 3Io-G1 Setting for setting


Password, 3Io> Stage 1 Enable, 3Io> Trip Setting, 3Io>
TMS, 3Io> Curve Selection, 3Io>C6 Delay, 3Io>> Enable,
3Io>> Trip Setting Stage 2, 3Io>> TMS, 3Io>> Curve
Selection, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Trip
setting High Set, 3Io >>> Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then 3Io> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1)
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as
0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 38/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
3IoI>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then 3Io >> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage
2) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1
to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 39/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90 S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IP>>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting
Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then
3Io>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

3Io - G1 Settings
3Io >>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can
be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of 3Io>>>
delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED
Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 40/95

USERS GUIDE

3Io G1 Setting

4.4.7.2

To View :

3Io-G1 Setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G1 Setting

3Io>=ON
3Io> = 0020
3Io > TMS
= 01.00
3Io > Curve
= 0001
3Io > C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io>>=ON
3Io> = 0020
3Io>> TMS
= 01.00
3Io>> Curve
= 0001
3Io>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io >>>=ON
3Io >>>
3Io >>>Delay

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 200
= 00.05

3Io G1 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 41/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.8

NEGATIVE PHASE SEQUENCE ELEMENT (NPS G1) SETTINGS

4.4.8.1

To Set:

NPS G1 Setting

NPS - G1 Setting

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

Password protected window for NPS G1 Setting for


setting Password, I2>> Stage 2 Enable, I2>> Trip Setting,
I2>> TMS, I2>> Curve Selection, I2>>C6 Delay, I2>>>
Enable, I2>>> Instantaneous Element Trip setting, I2>>>
Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 0000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set.
The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 42/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

NPS G1 Settings
I2>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90 S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range is from 00.000 (Inst)
to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage
3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then it is
enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 1500%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can
be set. The range is 50% to 1500% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage
3) can be selected. The setting range is from 00.00 (Inst) to
2.00 secs in steps of 0.05secs.
This setting is effective only when C6 curve is selected
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100 sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 43/95

USERS GUIDE

NPS G1 Setting

4.4.8.2

To View: NPS G1 Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G1 Setting

I2>>=ON
I2>> = 0020
I2>> TMS
= 01.00
I2>> Curve
= 0001
I2>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show NPS Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

I2>>>=ON
I2>>>
I2>>>Delay

This window will show NPS Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 0200
= 00.05

NPS G1 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 44/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.9

OVER CURRENT (OC- G2) SETTINGS

4.4.9.1

To Set : OC G2 Setting
OC G2 Setting

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

Password protected window for OC - G2 Setting for


setting Password, IP> Stage1 Enable, IP> %Trip Setting, IP>
TMS, IP> Curve selection, IP>C6 Delay, IP>> Stage 2
Enable, IP>> Trip Setting Stage 2, IP>> TMS, IP>> Curve
selection, IP>>C6 Delay, IP>>> Stage 3 Enable, IP>>>
Instantaneous Element Trip Setting , IP>>> Delay,
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can
be Enable / Disable that is YES / NO respectively.
If set YES then IP> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set.
The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting
stage1 can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps
of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as
0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 45/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC G2 Settings
IP> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IP> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting
for IP> .
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IP>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

OC G2 Settings
IP>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2)
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 46/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

OC G2 Settings
IP>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IP>> C6 delay is
from 00.00(Inst) to 99.9secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IP>>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage
3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IP>>> is
enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3 can
be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Settings
IP>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IP>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage
3) can be selected. The setting range for of IP>>> delay is
from00.00 (Inst) to 2.00secs in steps of 0.05secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 47/95

USERS GUIDE

OC G2 Settings

4.4.9.2

To View : OC G2 Settings

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

OC G2 Setting

IP>=ON
IP> = 0020
IP> TMS
= 01.00
IP> Curve
= 0001
IP> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IP>>=ON
IP>> = 0020
IP>>TMS
= 01.00
IP>> Curve
= 0001
IP>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show OC Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IP>>>=ON
IP>>>
IP>>>Delay

= 0200
= 00.05

OC G2 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This window will show OC Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 48/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.10

EARTH FAULT (EF G2) SETTINGS

4.4.10.1

To Set: EF G2 Setting:

EF G2 Setting

Password protected window EF G2 Setting for setting


Password, IE> Enable, IE> Trip Setting Stage 1, IE> TMS,
IE> Curve Selection, IE>C6 Delay, IE>> Enable, IE>> Trip
Setting Stage 2, IE>> TMS, IE>> Curve Selection, IE>>C6
Delay, IE>>> Enable, IE>>> Trip setting High Set, IE>>>
Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 0000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

= YES

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can
be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IE> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be set.
The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1)
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 49/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

EF G2 Settings
IE> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IE>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

EF G2 Settings
IE>>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 50/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

EF G2 Settings
IE>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IE>>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE>>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage
3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then IE>>> is
enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

EF G2 Settings
IE>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can
be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Settings
IE>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired IE>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage
3) can be selected. The setting range for of IE>>> delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 51/95

USERS GUIDE

EF G2 Setting

4.4.10.2

To View:

EF G2 Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

EF G2 Setting

IE>=ON
IE> = 0020
IE> TMS
= 01.00
IE> Curve
= 0001
IE> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IE>>=ON
IE>> = 0020
IE>> TMS
= 01.00
IE>> Curve
= 0001
IE>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show EF Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

IE>>>=ON
IE>>>
IE>>>Delay

This window will show EF Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 0200
= 00.05

EF G2 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 52/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.11

3Io G2 SETTINGS

4.4.11.1

To Set:

3Io G2 Setting

3Io G2 Setting

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow


key () or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 0000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password protected window for 3Io G2 Setting for


setting Password, 3Io> Stage 1 Enable, 3Io> Trip Setting,
3Io> TMS, 3Io> Curve Selection, 3Io>C6 Delay, 3Io>>
Enable, 3Io>> Trip Setting Stage 2, 3Io>> TMS, 3Io>> Curve
Selection, 3Io>>C6 Delay, 3Io>>> Enable, 3Io>>> Trip
setting High Set, 3Io >>> Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then 3Io> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 1) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 1)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 1)
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as
0001 to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 53/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 1) can be set. The setting range for of IE> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
3IoI>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then 3Io >> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be
set. The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> TMS (IDMT Time multiply setting stage 2)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage
2) can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1
to C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 54/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90 S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range for of IE>> C6 delay is
from 00.00 (Inst) to 99.90secs in steps of 0.05 sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting for
IP>>.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>> Enable
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting
Stage 3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then
3Io>>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= YES

3Io G2 Settings
3Io >>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can
be set. The range is 50% to 2000% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired 3Io>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 3) can be selected. The setting range for of 3Io>>>
delay is from 00.00 (Inst) to 2.00 secs in steps of 0.05 secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 55/95

USERS GUIDE

3Io G2 Setting

4.4.11.2

To View :

3Io - G2 Setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io G2 Setting

3Io>=ON
3Io> = 0020
3Io > TMS
= 01.00
3Io > Curve
= 0001
3Io > C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io>>=ON
3Io> = 0020
3Io>> TMS
= 01.00
3Io>> Curve
= 0001
3Io>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

3Io >>>=ON
3Io >>>
3Io >>>Delay

This window will show 3Io Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 0200
= 00.05

3Io G2 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 56/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.12

NEGATIVE PHASE SEQUENCE ELEMENT (NPS G2) SETTINGS

4.4.12.1

To Set:

NPS G2 Setting

NPS G2 Setting

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

Password protected window for NPS G2 Setting for


setting Password, I2>> Stage 2 Enable, I2>> Trip Setting,
I2>> TMS, I2>> Curve Selection, I2>>C6 Delay, I2>>>
Enable, I2>>> Instantaneous Element Trip setting, I2>>>
Delay.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 0000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> Enable (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2)
can be set, that is YES or NO.
If set YES then IE>> is enabled and if set NO then it will be
disabled.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>
= 0020
Range
10% - 200%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> (IDMT/DMT Trip setting stage 2) can be set.
The range is 10% to 200% in steps of 1%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> TMS (IDMT Time Multiplier Setting stage 2)
can be set. The range is from x0.02 to x1.00 in steps of 0.01
Note: If C6 DMT Curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> Curve (IDMT/DMT Curve selection stage 2
can be set. Six different types of curves are provided C1 to
C6. When the given value is 0001 Curve 1 is selected and
when the given value 0002 Curve 2 is selected.
In similar manner any desired curve can be selected as 0001
to 0006 correspond respectively with C1 to C6.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 57/95

USERS GUIDE

Curve

Description

C1

Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

C2

Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

C3

Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

C4

Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

C5

Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

C6

Definite Time (Inst. to 99.9 sec)

NPS G2 Settings
I2>> C6 Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 99.90 S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>> C6 Delay (DMT Definite Time selection
stage 2) can be set. The setting range is from 00.000 (Inst)
to 99.90 secs in steps of 0.05sec.
Note: If C1 to C5 curve is selected then ignore this setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>>> Enable (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage
3) can be set, that is YES or NO. If set YES then it is
enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 1500%
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>>> (Instantaneous Trip Setting Stage 3) can
be set. The range is 50% to 1500% in steps of 50%.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>> Delay
= 00.05
Range
00.00 - 2.00 S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired I2>>> Delay (DMT Definite Time selection stage
3) can be selected. The setting range is from 00.00 (Inst) to
2.00 secs in steps of 0.05secs.
This setting is effective only when C6 curve is selected
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100 sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 58/95

USERS GUIDE

NPS G2 Setting

4.4.12.2

To View : NPS G2 Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

NPS G2 Setting

I2>>=ON
I2>> = 0020
I2>> TMS
= 01.00
I2>> Curve
= 0001
I2>> C6 Delay
= 00.05

This window will show NPS Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

I2>>>=ON
I2>>>
I2>>>Delay

This window will show NPS Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

= 0200
= 00.05

NPS G2 Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 59/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.13

ARR SETTINGS

4.4.13.1

To Set ARR Setting

ARR Setting

Password protected window for ARR Setting (Auto


Recloser Relay) for setting N SHOT (Number of Shot), DT1
(Dead Time 1) , DT2 (Dead Time 2), DT3 (Dead Time 3),
DT4 (Dead Time 4) and Reclaim Time
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

ARR Enable = Yes


Yes / NO
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired ARR Enable can be set, that is YES or NO. If set
YES then it is enabled and if set NO then it will be disabled
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N SHOT
N SHOT
Range
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired N SHOT (Number of Shot) can be set. The range
is form 00-04.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

= 000
00-04

DT1
DT1
= 1.00
Range
0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key () the
desired DT1 (Dead Time 1) can be selected. The setting
range for DT1 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of
0.10secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

DT2
DT2
= 1.00
Range
0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key () the
desired DT2 (Dead Time 2) can be selected. The setting
range for DT2 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of
0.10secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

DT3
DT3
= 1.00
Range
0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key () the
desired DT3 (Dead Time 3) can be selected. The setting
range for DT3 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of
0.10secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 60/95

USERS GUIDE

DT4
DT4
= 1.00
Range
0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key () the
desired DT4 (Dead Time 4) can be selected. The setting
range for DT4 delay is from 0.10 to 180.00secs in steps of
0.10secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

RECLAIM TIME
Reclaim Time = 0100.0
Range
1.0 - 200.0 S
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key () the
desired Reclaim Time can be selected. The setting range for
Reclaim time delay is from 1.0 to 200.0secs in steps of 1secs.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ARR Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED Reset
or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 61/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.13.2

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

To View ARR Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ARR Setting

ARR
N SHOT
DT1
DT2

= ON
= 004
= 001.00
= 001.00

DT3
= 001.00
DT4
= 001.00
Reclaim Time = 0100.0

ARR Setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This window will show ARR Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This window will show ARR Setting done previously.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 62/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.14

RELAY/LED CONFIGURATION

Relay RL1 to RL5 and Dual LEDs L5 to L7 can be assign as 32 bit binary input for each Relay / LED . These 32 bit split into two ( A & B ) 16 bit binary input
which are required to transfer into Hexadecimal number to enter via Relays keypad and into Decimal number to enter via Relay Talk Software.
Any combination of listed Protection function & Digital input can be assign to Digital output relays RL1 TO RL5 and dual LEDs L5 , L6 & L7. These functions can
be assigning by relay front keypad and by Relay Talk Software.

4.4.14.1 Bit Definition for Relay/LED Configuration


Refer following table for each bit position corresponds to protection function and digital input.
Bit Position

15

14

13

12

11

10

Weight of Bit

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

Relay(n) /
LED(n) A

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Relay(n) /
LED(n) B

SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Protection Function

Bit information to assign

Set Bit

Assign required protection function and digital input Binary 1 to Set Bit

Reset Bit

Assign required protection function and digital input Binary 0 to Reset Bit

Self Reset ( SR )

Assign Bit no. 15 in Relay/LED B as Binary input 0 to set selected function Self Reset.

Hand Reset ( HR )

Assign Bit no. 15 in Relay/LED B as Binary input 1 to set selected function Hand Reset.

Not Applicable

Bit no. 14 in Relay / LED B was not assigned to any protection function and digital function.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 63/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.14.2 List of Protection function & Digital input :Text

Description

0000

No Function is assigned to the Relays / LEDs.

R>

Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

Y>

Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

B>

Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

Ie>

External CBCT Earth Fault (EF) IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 1.

3Io>

Internal Derived EF ( 3Io ) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 1.

R>>

R Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 2.

Y>>

Y Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 2.

B>>

B Phase IDMT/DMT Over Current Trip Stage 2.

Ie>>

External CBCT Earth Fault (EF) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 2.

3Io>>

Internal Derived EF (3Io) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 2.

I2>>

Negative Phase Sequence ( NPS ) trip stage 2

R>>>

R Phase Instantaneous Over Current Trip Stage 3

Y>>>

Y Phase Instantaneous Over Current Trip Stage 3

B>>>

B Phase Instantaneous Over Current Trip Stage 3

Ie>>>

External CBCT Earth Fault (N) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 3

3Io>>>

Internal Derived EF(3Io) IDMT/DMT Trip Stage 3

I2>>>

Negative Phase Sequence ( NPS ) trip stage 3

UV

Under voltage Trip

OV

Over voltage Trip

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 64/95

USERS GUIDE

S1

S1 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S2

S2 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S3

S3 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S4

S4 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

S5

S5 Digital Input to ON to any Relay / LEDs

T1

TC1(CB-NO) Trip Circuit Supervision Digital input

T2

TC2(CB-NC) Trip Circuit Digital input

TC-H

Trip Circuit Supervision Healthy

TC-F

Trip Circuit Supervision Faulty

Arr-En

Auto Recloser Relay function Enable

Arr-Ds

Auto Recloser Relay function Disable

SR / HR

Relays / LED can be set Self Reset (SR) / Hand Reset.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 65/95

USERS GUIDE

Refer following table for each bit position corresponds to protection function and digital input.
Bit Position
Weight of Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

G2

AB

RR

S1/S2/S3/S4/S5

Protection Function

Bit information to assign

Set Bit

Assign required protection function and digital input Binary 1 to Set Bit

Reset Bit

Assign required protection function and digital input Binary 0 to Reset Bit

RR

Bit no. 0 Remote Reset (RR) can be assign to any Status input.

AB

Bit no. 1 Auto Recloser Relay Block (AB) can be assign to any Status input.

G2

Bit no. 2 can be assign to change Group 1 to Group 2 vise-versa by any Status input.

Not Applicable

Bit no. 3 to 15 was not assign to any Status input.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 66/95

USERS GUIDE

Refer following table for some equivalent Binary, Hex and Decimal values.
Binary Value

Hex decimal Values

Decimal Values

0000

0.

0001

1.

0010

2.

0011

3.

0100

4.

0101

5.

0110

6.

0111

7.

1000

8.

1001

9.

1010

10.

1011

11.

1100

12.

1101

13.

1110

14.

1111

15.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 67/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.14.3 To Set Relay / LED Configuration :

Relay/LED Config

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

RL1 A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL1 B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL2 A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL2 B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL3 A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Password protected window for Relay/LED Setting for


setting RL1, RL2, RL3, RL4, RL5, L5 Green, L5 Red, L6
Green, L6 Red, L7 Green, L7 Red, S1, S2, S3, S4 & S5.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously y set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL1.
This contact RL1 A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL1.
This contact RL1 B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL2.
This contact RL2 A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL2.
This contact RL2 B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL3.
This contact RL3 A is not assigned to any above listed
function

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 68/95

USERS GUIDE

RL3 B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL4 A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL4 B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL5 A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL5 B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L5 Green A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L5 Green B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL3.
This contact RL3 B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL4.
This contact RL4 A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL4.
This contact RL4 B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL5.
This contact RL5 A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output relay RL5.
This contact RL5 B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Green.
This contact L5 Green A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Green.
This contact L5 Green B is not assigned to any above listed
function

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 69/95

USERS GUIDE

L5 Red A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L5 Red B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L6 Green A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L6 Green B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L6 Red A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L6 Red B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L7 Green A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Red.
This contact L5 Red A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L5 Red.
This contact L5 Red B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Green.
This contact L6 Green A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Green.
This contact L6 Green B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L6 Red.
This contact L6 Red A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key (() or the down arrow key (() the
desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 = Not
Used) is assign to output LED L6 Red.
This contact L6 Red B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Green.
This contact L7 Green A is not assigned to any above listed
function

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 70/95

USERS GUIDE

L7 Green B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L7 Red A

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

L7 Red B

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

S1

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

= 0000

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Green.
This contact L7 Green B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Red.
This contact L7 Red A is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
the desired Function as per Hexadecimal number (0000 =
Not Used) is assign to output LED L7 Red.
This contact L7 Red B is not assigned to any above listed
function

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key


() the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number

Use Inr/Dec

(0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S1.


This contact S1 is not assigned to any above listed function

S2

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key


() the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

(0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S2.


This contact S2 is not assigned to any above listed function

S3

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key


() the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

(0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S3.


This contact S3 is not assigned to any above listed function

S4

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key


() the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

(0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S4.


This contact S4 is not assigned to any above listed function

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 71/95

USERS GUIDE

S5

= 0000

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

Relay/LED Config

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Date : 15.11..2008

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key


() the desired Function (as per Hexadecimal number
(0000 = Not Used) is assign to Status Input S5.
This contact S5 is not assigned to any above listed function

Use Inr/Dec

Issue: 02

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note: If changes made are not to be saved press LED
Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100Sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 72/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.14.4 To View Relay / LED Configuration :


Relay/LED Config

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

RL1
RL1
RL2
RL2

A
B
A
B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

RL3
RL3
RL4
RL4

A
B
A
B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

RL5 A
RL5 B
L5 Green A
L5 Green B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

L5
L5
L6
L6

Red A
= 0000
Red B
= 0000
Green A = 0000
Green B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

L6
L6
L7
L7

Red A
= 0000
Red B
= 0000
Green A = 0000
Green B = 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

L7 Red A
L7 Red B
S1
S2

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

S3
S4
S5

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

This window will show Relay/LED Config Setting done


previously.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Relay/LED Config

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

USERS GUIDE

Page 73/95

4.4.14.5 Example of Relay / LED configuration. :1. Suppose RL 1 required to configure with manual reset : R>>, Y>>, B>>
2. Suppose RL 2 required to configure manual reset: R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>
3. Suppose RL 3 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>
4. Suppose RL 4 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>>
5. Suppose RL 5 required to configure manual reset : R>, Y>, B>,3Io>,EF>
6. Suppose L5 Green required configure for C.B. OFF monitor via T2 self reset: T2
As T2 = ON = C.B. OFF
7. Suppose L5 Red required to configure for C.B. ON monitor via T1 self reset : T1
As T1 = ON = C.B. ON
8. Suppose L6 Green required to configure for Spring Charge monitor via S1 self reset : S1
As S1 = ON = Spring Charge
9. Suppose L6 Red required to configure for Spring Discharge monitor via S2 self reset : S2
As S2 = ON = Spring Discharge
10. Suppose L7 Green required to configure for IDMT Trip manual reset : R>>, Y>>, B>>, 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>
11. Suppose L7 Red required to configure for Instantaneous Trip manual reset : R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>, 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>>
12. Suppose S3 Status input required to configure for Remote Reset ( RR ) : S3
13. Suppose S4 Status input required to configure for Auto Recolser Relay Block ( AB ) : S4
14. Suppose S5 Status input required to configure for Group Change ( G2 ) : S5

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 74/95

USERS GUIDE

Calculation to configure above protection function & status input :


1.

Suppose RL 1 required to configure : R>>, Y>>, B>>

Bit Position

15

14

13

12

11

10

Weight of Bit

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit
Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B
Set Bit
Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Ie>
>
0

Set RL1 A

RL1 B

E
2^7
128+

2^6
64+

0
2^5
32=

224

224
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

8
2^15
32768=

32768
32768

= 00E0

Enter by Relay front PCB

= 224

Enter by Relay Talk Software

= 8000

Enter by Relay front PCB

= 32768

Enter by Relay Talk Software

Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 75/95

USERS GUIDE

2.

Suppose RL 2 required to configure manual reset: R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>

Bit Position

15

14

13

12

11

10

Weight of Bit

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

Relay(n) /
LED(n) A

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Set Bit

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

8
2^13

2^12

2^11

8192+

4096+

2048=

14336

Equivalent
Decimal No

14336

Relay(n) /
LED(n) B

SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Set Bit

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^15
32768=

32768

Equivalent
Decimal No
Set RL1 A

32768

= 3800
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 14336
Enter by Relay Talk Software
RL1 B
= 8000
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 32768
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 76/95

USERS GUIDE

3.

Suppose RL 3 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>

Bit Position

15

14

13

12

11

10

Weight of Bit

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

Relay(n) /
LED(n) A

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Set Bit

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^10

2^9

2^8

1024+

512+

256=

1792

Equivalent
Decimal No

1792

Relay(n) /
LED(n) B

SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Set Bit

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^15
32768=

32768

Equivalent
Decimal No
Set RL3 A

32768

= 0700
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 1792
Enter by Relay Talk Software
RL3 B
= 8000
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 32768
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 77/95

USERS GUIDE

4.

Suppose RL 4 required to configure manual reset : 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>>

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

C
2^15

2^14

32768+

16384=

Set Bit

49152
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^0

32768+

Set RL4 A

32769

= C000
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 49152
Enter by Relay Talk Software
RL4 B
= 8001
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 32769
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Date : 15.11..2008

2^15

Equivalent
Decimal No

Issue: 02

49152

Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 78/95

USERS GUIDE

5.

Suppose RL 5 required to configure manual reset : R>, Y>, B>,3Io>,EF>

Bit Position

15

14

13

12

11

10

Weight of Bit

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

Relay(n) /
LED(n) A

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Set Bit

2^1

2^0

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No

2^4

2^3

16

2^2
4

31

Relay(n) /
LED(n) B

SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Set Bit

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^15
32768=

32768

Equivalent
Decimal No
Set RL5 A

32768

= 001F
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 31
Enter by Relay Talk Software
RL5 B
= 8000
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 32768
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 79/95

USERS GUIDE

6.

Suppose L5 Green required configure for C.B. OFF monitor via T2 self reset: T2
As T2 = ON = C.B. OFF

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B
Set Bit

0
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Set L5 Green A

0
2^9
512=

512

512

= 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB


=0
Enter by Relay Talk Software
L5 Green B = 0200 Enter by Relay front PCB
= 512
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 80/95

USERS GUIDE

7.

Suppose L5 Red required to configure for C.B. ON monitor via T1 self reset : T1
As T1 = ON = C.B. ON

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B
Set Bit

0
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No

2^8
256=
256

Set L5 Red A = 0000


Enter by Relay front PCB
=0
Enter by Relay Talk Software
L5 Red B = 0100
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 256
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

256

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 81/95

USERS GUIDE

8.

Suppose L6 Green required to configure for Spring Charge monitor via S1 self reset : S1
As S1 = ON = Spring Charge

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B
Set Bit

0
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Set L6 Green A

2^3
8=
8

= 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB


=0
Enter by Relay Talk Software
L6 Green B = 0008 Enter by Relay front PCB
=8
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 82/95

USERS GUIDE

9.

Suppose L6 Red required to configure for Spring Discharge monitor via S2 self reset : S2
As S2 = ON = Spring Discharge

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B
Set Bit

0
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation
Equivalent
Decimal No
Set L6 Red A

2^4
16
16

= 0000 Enter by Relay front PCB


=0
Enter by Relay Talk Software
L6 Red B
= 0010 Enter by Relay front PCB
= 16
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 83/95

USERS GUIDE

10.

Suppose L7 Green required to configure for IDMT Trip manual reset : R>>, Y>>, B>>, 3Io>>,EF>>, I2>>

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^10

2^9

2^8

1024+

512+

Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B
Set Bit

2^7

2^6

2^5

256+

128+

64+

32=

2016

SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

2^15
32768=

32768

Equivalent
Decimal No
Set L7 Green A

32768

= 07E0
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 2016
Enter by Relay Talk Software
L7 Green B = 8000
Enter by Relay front PCB
= 32768
Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

2016

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 84/95

USERS GUIDE

11.

Suppose L7 Red required to configure for Instantaneous Trip manual reset : R>>>, Y>>>, B>>>, 3Io>>>,EF>>>, I2>>>

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
Relay(n) /
LED(n) A
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

3Io>>>

Ie>>>

B>>>

Y>>>

R>>>

I2>>

3Io>>

Ie>>

B>>

Y>>

R>>

3Io>

Ie>

B>

Y>

R>

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

32768

16384+

8192+

4096+

2048=

Set Bit

63488
SR/HR

XX

ArrDs

ArrEn

TC-F

TC-H

T2

T1

S5

S4

S3

S2

S1

OV

UV

I2>>>

Equivalent Hex
No.
* Equivalent
Decimal No.
Calculation

2^0

32768+

1
32769

Set L7 Red A = F800 Enter by Relay front PCB


= 63488 Enter by Relay Talk Software
L7 Red B = 8001 Enter by Relay front PCB
= 32769 Enter by Relay Talk Software
Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Date : 15.11..2008

2^15

Equivalent
Decimal No

Issue: 02

63488

Equivalent
Decimal No
Relay(n) /
LED(n) B

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 85/95

USERS GUIDE

12.

Suppose S3 Status input required to configure for : Remote Reset ( RR )

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
S1/S2/S3/S4/S5
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

G2

AB

RR

Equivalent Hex
No.

* Equivalent
Decimal no.
calculation

2^0
1=1

Equivalent
Decimal
Set S3

= 0001 Enter by Relay front PCB


=1

Enter by Relay front PCB

Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 86/95

USERS GUIDE

13.

Suppose S4 Status input required to configure for : Auto Recolser Relay Block ( AB )

Bit Position
Weight of Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

G2

AB

RR

S1/S2/S3/S4/S5
Set Bit
Equivalent Hex

No.
* Equivalent
Decimal no.
calculation

2^1
2=2

Equivalent
Decimal
Set S4

= 0002

Enter by Relay front PCB

=2

Enter by Relay front PCB

Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 87/95

USERS GUIDE

14.

Suppose S5 Status input required to configure for : Group Change ( G2 )

Bit Position
Weight of Bit
S1/S2/S3/S4/S5
Set Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

2^15

2^14

2^13

2^12

2^11

2^10

2^9

2^8

2^7

2^6

2^5

2^4

2^3

2^2

2^1

2^0

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

G2

AB

RR

Equivalent Hex

No.
* Equivalent
Decimal no.
calculation

2^2
4=4

Equivalent
Decimal
Set S5

= 0004 Enter by Relay front PCB


=4

Enter by Relay front PCB

Note :- * Equivalent Decimal No. Calculation was applicable only when Set Bit = 1

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 88/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.15

FAULT 1

4.4.15.1

To View Fault 1 Data.

Fault 1

I>
I>>
I>>>
TC

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

: R
:
:
: 0073

This menu is to view the latest fault data stored by the relay.
That is Trip Flag, Trip Counter (TC), Secondary current, Date
Time and Primary current.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This window will show trip flag and TC: Trip Counter.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follows.

R = 100.01
Y = 000.01
B = 000.01
3Io = 000.01
Date : 29/03/08
Time : 16:03:59.861

This window will show fault current in secondary in each


Phase and Earth Fault as per CT Sec setting with Date &
Time stamping up to millisecond.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follows.

Primary Current
R = 01000A
Y = 00000A
B = 00000A
3Io = 00000A

This window will show fault current in primary in each Phase


and Earth Fault as per CT Primary setting
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follows.

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

This window will show External EF current and Negative


Phase sequence current in secondary value
Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main menu.

Fault 1

Note : Fault 2 to Fault 20 can be viewed as above

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 89/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.16

STATUS

4.4.16.1

To View Status

Status

S1:OFF
S3:OFF
S5:OFF
T1:OFF

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

S2:OFF
S4:OFF
T2:OFF

This menu is to view the Status of Digital Input S1, S2, S3,
S4, S5 and Trip Circuit Supervision Digital Input status T1
and T2.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This window will show status of Digital Input S1, S2, S3, S4,
S5 and Trip Circuit Supervision Digital Input status T1 and T2.
OFF : +B ( w.r.t. S COM ve) not present at corresponding
Digital Input
ON : +B ( w.r.t. S COM ve) present at corresponding Digital
Input.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main menu.

Status

4.4.17

ERROR LOG

4.4.17.1

To View Error Log

Error Log

Error Code : 0000


Trip Ckt. Test = NO
T1: OFF T2:OFF
Trip Ckt: Healthy

Error Log

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This menu is to view the Error Log detected by the self


supervision function of relay and showing detail information of
trip circuit supervision.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This window will show Error Code 0000 decteded by self


supervision function of Relay
i.e. 0001: Setting Error, 0002 EEP Error, 0004 : RTC Error ,
0016 : ADC Error, 0032 : F RAM1 Error, 0064 : F RAM2 Error.
Trip Circuit Supervision = YES/NO i.e. YES : Enable, NO :
Disable.
Trip Circuit Supervision Digital Input T1 & T2 Status ON/OFF
I.e. ON : - ve ( w.r.t. +B ) of CB coming through T1/T2.
OFF: - ve (w.r.t. +B) of CB not coming through T1/T2
Trip Circuit Supervision: Healthy / Faulty.
Healthy : Trip Circuit Supervision Healthy.
Faulty : Trip Circuit Supervision Faulty.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main menu.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 90/95

USERS GUIDE

4.4.18

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

CLOSE

This menu is to perform Close operation for Circuit Breaker.


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

CLOSE

Password
Use

= 001

Inr / Dec

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

This step is again asking confirmation to perform Close


operation for Circuit Breaker.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

CLOSE ?
Mode for Close

By pressing the arrow key () the relay will perform Close
operation for Circuit Breaker which can be observed by
CLOSE Red LED indication and physical changeover of
RECL contact and control will automatically back to main
menu list.

Operating

CLOSE

4.4.19

TRIP
This menu is to perform Trip operation for Circuit Breaker.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

TRIP

Password
Use

= 001

Inr / Dec

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

TRIP ?
Mode for TRIP

Operating

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 91/95

This step is again asking confirmation to perform Trip


operation for Circuit Breaker.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

By pressing the arrow key () the relay will perform Trip
operation for Circuit Breaker which can be observed by TRIP
Green LED indication and physical changeover of Phase
Trip contact and control will automatically back to main
menu list.

TRIP

4.4.20

Active Group

Active Group G1

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

This menu will show selected Active Group from password


protected menu General Setting.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

4.4.21

DATE TIME SETTINGS

4.4.21.1

To Set Date Time Setting

Date Time

Password = 001
Use INR/DEC

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 92/95

Password protected menu to set the Date and Time .


Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Enter the previously set password, By using the up arrow


key  or the down arrow key ().
Note : Default password setting is 000
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Time Set : 1
SET Hrs = 014
Range 0_23
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Hours can be set. The range is from 000-023 in steps of 001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Time Set : 2
SET Mins = 005
Range 0_59
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Minutes can be set. The range is from 000-059 in steps of
001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Time Set : 3
SET Sec = 035
Range 0_59
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Seconds can be set. The range is from 000-059 in steps of
001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Date Set : 1
SET Date = 015
Range 1_31
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Date can be set. The range is from 001-031 in steps of 001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Date Set : 2
SET Month = 011
Range 1-12
Use Inr/Dec

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Month can be set. The range is from 001-012 in steps of 001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 93/95

USERS GUIDE

Date Set: 3
SET Year = 008
Range 00_99
Use Inr/Dec

Save Setting ?
Mode For Save

OK

By using the up arrow key () or the down arrow key ()
Year can be set. The range is from 000-099 in steps of 001.
Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

To Save any changes.


Press the arrow key () the relay will save the change and
the following message is display.
Note : If changes made are not to be saved press LED
Reset or leave key pad untouched for 100sec.

This window will flash for moment


The control will return to the main menu

Date Time

4.4.21.2

To View Date Time Setting

Press the arrow key () the relay will display as follow.

Date / Time

Time : 14 : 05 : 35
Fri
15 / 11 / 08

Date / Time

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Press the arrow key () the relay will display the main
menu.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
USERS GUIDE

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 94/95

4.5

INPUT SIGNALS

4.5.1

Auxiliary Supply Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.5.2

CT Secondary Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.5.3

Status Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.5.4

Trip Circuit Supervision Input as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6

OUTPUT SIGNALS

4.6.1

Trip Duty Trip contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6.2

Trip Duty Programmable contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6.3

Trip Duty BF(Local Breaker Back-up ) Protection contact as per Back Terminals (BT)
number.

4.6.4

Relay OK Healthy contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6.5

Trip Duty Auto Recloser Reclose contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6.6

Trip Duty Auto Recloser Lockout contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

4.6.7

Trip Duty Trip Circuit Supervision Contact as per Back Terminals (BT) number.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 95/95

USERS GUIDE

4.7

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Relay / LED configuration setting menu changed

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/User_Guide
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/22

MENU CONTENT TABLE


(For software V2.08)

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/22

CONTENTS

Menu Content Table

5.1

To View Measurement

5.2

To Set / View General Setting

5.3

To Set / View O/C G1 Setting

5.4

To Set / View E/F G1 Setting

5.5

To Set / View 3Io G1 Setting

5.6

To Set / View NPS G1 Setting

5.7

To Set / View O/C G2 Setting

5.8

To Set / View E/F G2 Setting

10

5.9

To Set / View 3Io G2 Setting

11

5.10

To Set / View NPS G2 Setting

12

5.11

To Set / View ARR Setting

13

5.12

To Set / View Relay/LED Setting

14

5.13

To View Fault 1 to Fault 20 Setting

15

5.14

To View Status Setting

19

5.15

To View Error Log Setting

19

5.16

To View Close Setting

19

5.17

To View Trip Setting

20

5.18

To View Active Group

20

5.19

To Set / View Date/Time Setting

21

5.20

Revision Note

22

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

Page 3/22

MENU TABLE SOFTWARE VERSION 2.08

5.1

To View Measurement Setting

Secondary Current
R = 000.00 Y = 000.00
B = 000.00 3Io=000.03
CT Sec. Selected = 1A

Measurement

Secondary Current
R=000.03 Y=000.02
B=000.04 3Io=000.03
CT Sec. Selected = 1A

Primary Current
R=00000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00000A

I1=000.00
I2=000.01
EF=000.01

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.2

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/22

To Set & To View General Setting

General Settings

General Settings
New Password = 000
000-099
Range
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Unit ID
= 001
Range
001-250
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Language Sel. = ENG
Eng /Tur
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Com Port = RS232
RS232 / RS485
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Baud Rate = 09600
Range
1200-57600
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
BF Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Set Parity = Even
None/Even/Odd
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
BF Cont
= SR
SR/HR
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
BF Delay
= 0200
Range 200-1000ms
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
CT Sec. EF = 1 Amp
1Amp/5Amp
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
CT Sec.
= 1 Amp
1Amp/5Amp
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Local Control = Yes
YES / NO
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
CT Primary = 0100
Range 10-2000
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Trip Cont
= SR
SR/HR
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Trip Ckt. = NO
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Cold Ld PKP = NO
YES / NO
Use Inr/Dec

General Settings
Active Group = G1
G1 / G2
Use Inr/Dec

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

Save Settings
Mode for Save

Language Sel. = ENG


Unit ID
= 0001
Baud Rate = 09600
Com Port
= RS232

Set Parity
= Even
BF Enable = YES
BF Delay
= 0200
BF Cont
= SR

CT Sec.
= 1 Amp.
CT Sec. EF = 1 Amp.
CT Primary = 0100
Local Control = YES

Trip Ckt.
= NO
Trip Cont
= SR
Active Group = G1
Cold Ld PKP = NO

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.3

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/22

To Set & To View OC G1 Setting

OC G1 Settings

OC G1 Settings
IP> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

IP>= ON IP> = 0020


IP>TMS
= 01.00
IP>Curve
= 0001
IP>C6 Delay = 00.05

OC G1Settings
IP> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

IP>>= ON IP>>= 0020


IP>>TMS
= 01.00
IP>>Curve
= 0001
IP>>C6 Delay = 00.05

OC G1 Settings
IP> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>>> Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-02.00S
Use Inr/Dec

OC G1 Settings
IP>>>
= 0200
Range 50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

OK

Save Settings
Mode for Save

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

Password = 0000

IP>>>
IP>>>
IP>>> Delay

= ON
= 0200
= 00.05

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.4

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/22

To Set & To View EF G1 Setting

EF G1 Settings

EF G1 Settings
IE> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000
Use Inr/Dec

IE>= ON IE>
IE>TMS
IE>Curve
IE>C6 Delay

= 0020
= 01.00
= 0001
= 00.05

EF G1 Settings
IE> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

IE>>= ON IE>> = 0020


IE>>TMS
= 01.00
IE>>Curve
= 0001
IE>>C6 Delay = 00.05

EF G1 Settings
IE> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

IE>>>
IE>>>
IE>>> Delay

EF G1 Settings
IE>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>>> Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

EF G1 Settings
IE>>>
= 0200
Range 50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

OK

Save Settings
Mode for Save

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

= ON
= 200
= 00.05

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.5

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 7/22

To Set & To View 3Io G1 Setting

3Io G1 Settings

3Io G1 Settings
3Io > Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000
Use Inr/Dec

3Io>= ON 3Io>
3Io>TMS
3Io>Curve
3Io>C6 Delay

= 0020
= 01.00
= 0001
= 00.05

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

3Io>>= ON 3Io>> = 0020


3Io>>TMS
= 01.00
3Io>>Curve
= 0001
3Io>>C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

3Io>>>= ON
3Io>>>
= 0200
3Io>>> C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> TMS = 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range
00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>> Delay = 00.05
Range
00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G1 Settings
3Io>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

OK

Save Settings
Mode for Save

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.6

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 8/22

To Set & To View NPS G1 Setting

NPS G1 Settings

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>TMS = 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>>
= 0020
Range 50%-1500%
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

NPS G1 Settings
I2>>> Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

I2>>= ON I2>> = 0020


I2>>TMS
= 01.00
I2>>Curve
= 0001
I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05

I2>>>= ON
I2>>>
I2>>>Curve

= 0200
= 00.05

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.7

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 9/22

To Set & To View OC G2 Setting

OC G2 Settings

OC G2 Settings
IP> Enable
= YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

IP>= ON IP> = 0020


IP>TMS
= 01.00
IP>Curve
= 0001
IP>C6 Delay = 00.05

OC G2 Settings
IP> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

IP>>= ON IP>>= 0020


IP>>TMS
= 01.00
IP>>Curve
= 0001
IP>>C6 Delay = 00.05

OC G2 Settings
IP> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>> TMS
= 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>>> Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-02.00S
Use Inr/Dec

OC G2 Settings
IP>>>
= 0200
Range 50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

OK

Save Settings
Mode for Save

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

Password = 0000

IP>>>= ON
IP>>> = 0200
IP>>> Delay = 00.05

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.8

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 10/22

To Set & To View EF G2 Setting

EF G2 Settings

EF G2 Settings
IE> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000
Use Inr/Dec

IE>= ON IE> = 0020


IE>TMS
= 01.00
IE>Curve
= 0001
IE>C6 Delay = 00.05

EF G2 Settings
IE> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

IE>>= ON IE>> = 0020


IE>>TMS
= 01.00
IE>>Curve
= 0001
IE>>C6 Delay = 00.05

EF G2 Settings
IE> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE> Curve
= 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

IE>>>= ON
IE>>>
= 200
IE>>> Delay = 00.05

EF G2 Settings
IE>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.9S
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>>> Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

EF G2 Settings
IE>>>
= 0200
Range 50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

OK

Save Settings
Mode for Save

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.9

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 11/22

To Set & To View 3Io G2 Setting

3Io G2 Settings

3Io G2 Settings
3Io > Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000
Use Inr/Dec

3Io>= ON 3Io>
3Io>TMS
3Io>Curve
3Io>C6 Delay

= 0020
= 01.00
= 0001
= 00.05

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> TMS
= 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

3Io>>= ON 3Io>> = 0020


3Io>>TMS
= 01.00
3Io>>Curve
= 0001
3Io>>C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

3Io>>>= ON
3Io>>>
= 0200
3Io>>> C6 Delay = 00.05

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> TMS = 01.00
Range
x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>> C6 Delay = 00.05
Range
00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>> Delay = 00.05
Range
00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

3Io G2 Settings
3Io>>>
= 0200
Range
50%- 2000%
Use Inr/Dec

OK

Save Settings
Mode for Save

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.10

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 12/22

To Set & To View NPS G2 Setting

NPS G2 Settings

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Password = 0000
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>TMS = 01.00
Range x0.02-x1.00
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>
= 0020
Range
10%-200%
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-99.90S
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>Curve = 0001
Range
C1-C6
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>>
= 0200
Range 50%-1500%
Use Inr/Dec

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>> Enable = YES
YES/NO
Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

NPS G2 Settings
I2>>> Delay = 00.05
Range 00.00-2.00S
Use Inr/Dec

I2>>= ON I2>> = 0020


I2>>TMS
= 01.00
I2>>Curve
= 0001
I2>>C6 Delay = 00.05

I2>>>= ON
I2>>>
I2>>>Curve

= 0200
= 00.05

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.11

Page 13/22

To Set & To View ARR Setting

ARR Settings

Password = 001
Use Inr/Dec

AARR Enable
YES / NO
Use Inr / Dec

= YES

N SHOT = 000
Range 00-04
Use Inr/Dec

DT1 = 1.00
Range 0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

DT2 = 1.00
Range 0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

DT3 = 1.00
Range 0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec

DT4 = 1.00
Range 0.10-180.00S
Use Inr/Dec
RECLAIM TIME
Reclaim Time = 0100.0
Range 1.0-200.0S
Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings?
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

ARR
N SHOT
DT1
DT2

= ON
= 004
= 010.00
= 005.10

DT3
= 010.00
DT4
= 005.10
Reclaim Time = 0200.0

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.12

Page 14/22

To Set & To View Relay/LED Setting


Relay/LED Config

RL1 A = 0000

Password = 001

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

RL2 B = 0000

RL2 A = 0000

RL1 B = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

RL4 A = 0000

RL3 B = 0000

RL3 A = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

RL5 B = 0000

RL5 A = 0000

RL4 B = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

L5 Red A = 0000

L5 Green B = 0000

L5 Green A = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

L6 Green B = 0000

L6 Green A = 0000

L5 Red B = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

L7 Green A = 0000

L6 Red B = 0000

L6 Red A = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

L7 Red B = 0000

L7 Red A = 0000

L7 Green B = 0000

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

S3

= 0000

S2 = 0000

S1

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

Use Inr/Dec

S5

S4

Save Settings?
Mode for Save

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

= 0000

= 0000

Use Inr/Dec

RL1 A
RL1 B
RL2 A
RL2 B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

RL3 A
RL3 B
RL4 A
RL4 B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

RL5 A
RL5 B
L5 Green A
L5 Green B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

L5 Red A
L5 Red B
L6 Green A
L6 Green B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

L6 Red A
L6 Red B
L7 Green A
L7 Green B

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

L7 Red A
L7 Red B
S1
S2

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

S3
S4
S5

= 0000
= 0000
= 0000

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.13

Page 15/22

To View Faults
Fault 1

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 2

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 3

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 4

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 5

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

Fault 6

Page 16/22

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 7

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 8

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 9

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 10

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

Fault 11

Page 17/22

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 12

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 13

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 14

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 15

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

Fault 16

Page 18/22

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 17

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 18

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 19

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

Fault 20

I> : R
I>> :
I>>> :
TC : 0073

Primary Current
R=01000A Y=00000A
B=00000A 3Io=00230A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

R=100.01 Y=000.01
B=000.10 3Io=000.10
Date : 13/10//08
Time : 12:50:15.500

EF=000.02
I2=000.76

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.14

5.15

S1 : OFF S2 : OFF
S3 : OFF S4 : OFF
S5 : OFF
T1 : OFF T2 : OFF

To View Error Log Setting

Error Log

5.16

Page 19/22

To View Status Setting

Status

Error Code : 0000


Trip Ckt. Test = NO
T1: OFF T2:OFF
Trip Ckt: Healthy

To View Close Setting

CLOSE

Password = 001
Use INR/DEC

CLOSE ?
Mode For CLOSE

Operating

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.17

Page 20/22

To View Trip Setting

TRIP

Password = 001
Use INR/DEC

TRIP ?
Mode For Trip

Operating

5.18

To View Active Group

Active Group

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.19

Page 21/22

To Adjust & To View Date/Time Setting

Date/Time
Password = 001
Use INR/DEC

Time Set : 1
SET Hrs = 014
Range 0-23
Use Inr/ Drc
Time Set : 2
SET Mins = 005
Range 0-59
Use Inr/ Drc
Time Set : 3
SET Sec = 035
Range 0-59
Use Inr/ Drc
Date Set : 1
SET Date = 015
Range 1-31
Use Inr/Dec
Date Set : 2
SET Month : 011
Range 1-12
Use Inr/Dec
Date Set : 3
SET Year = 008
Range 00-99
Use Inr/Dec

Save Settings?
Mode for Save

OK

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

Time : 04:32:20
Wed : 26/06/08

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
M E N U C O N T E N T T AB L E

5.20

Page 22/22

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Relay LEDs Configuration modified

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Menu Table
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/10

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/10

CONTENTS

6.1

Protection Features

6.2

Relay Design Features

6.3

Block Diagram

6.4

Description

6.5

Technical Specification

6.6

Revision Note

10

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

6.1

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/10

Protection Features:
9

4 Element (3 Phase + EF) Over current IDMT/DMT with Instantaneous Element


(50/51 and 50N/51N).

Programmable (Non- Volatile) Setting By local keys as well as remote setting by


communication port

Selection of Curve: Five selectable curve (Normal Inverse 1 (C1), Normal Inverse 2, (C2)
Very inverse (C3), Extremely inverse (C4), Long time inverse (C5)) and Define Time (C6)

6.2

Instantaneous Over-Current Protection with adjustable timer.

Breaker Failure detection ( 50 BF)

In-built CB Trip Circuit Supervision function during pre closing and post closing of CB.

Negative sequence over current (46).

Auto Recloser Relay ARR ( 79 )

Relay Design Features:


9

Large 20x4 LCD display for Parameter and setting display

Disturbance Recorder. Up 3 sec of actual waveform of current along with logical and
physical status, are captured & saved in the built-in memory with date time stamping, for
analyzing fault condition & fault location.

Fully communicable with IEC standard open protocol.

Separate Communication Port for SCADA (RS485) as well as Local testing (RS232C)

Very low burden on CT (less than 0.5VA)

Online display of CB status and other digital and logical status.

Continuous monitoring of modules internal hardware and alarm generation in case of


failure of any critical components.

Facility to synchronised Relay time with external GPS network

5 Digital Output contacts for local alarm as well as tele-signalling

5 Optically isolated digital status input for monitoring of status and avoid used of external
relay logic

2 dedicated status input for Trip Circuit Monitoring

100 nos of event memory, event such CB close, Trip, digital status change, relay pkp etc.
All events are with date and time stamped up to 1ms.

20 nos of Fault data stored with keypad interface and time stamping.

2 no.s of setting group available for each protection function.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

6.4

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/10

Description:
ADR241B is second generation Numerical 3 OC + 1EF Over Current Relay. It consist all the
necessary protection and monitoring functions required for Normal feeder it consist of
1. High Speed Digital DSP Controller
2. Analog Measuring Module
3. Power supply Module
4. Digital Input output module.
The High speed Digital Signal Controller continuously monitors line phase current and E/F
current. Along with different status input, through CTs, and optical isolated status
connections. The high-speed micro-controller samples these current signals through a A/D
converter. The Digital Signal performs powerful Numerical Algorithms to find out RMS of
fundamental & harmonic contents of the current. All measurement is tuned to fundamental
frequency i.e 50Hz, thus relay remain stable during distorted waveform generated
electronics loco-motive. All these measure values are then used for different protection
function such as IDMT Over current protection, Instantaneous Over current protection, E/F
protection etc. These measured values are also displayed on large 20 x 4 LCD display for
metering purpose. The DSC also monitors different digital input through optical isolator and
perform some monitoring function such trip circuit supervision, and control potential free
contact for control CB and generate ALARM and Tele-signalling.
The power supply module is basically DC DC converted designed using modern PWM
based Switching mode technique to convert 110Vdc station battery supply to the 12V and
24Vdc low voltage supply for relay electronics and control circuit. It also provides necessary
isolation from station battery. There are two type of power supply modules are available 1)
having range of 77Vdc 250Vdc. Covering requirement of 110Vdc and 220Vdc station
battery system 2) having range of 18Vdc to 52Vdc covering 24Vdc, 30Vdc, 48Vdc station
battery requirement.
The relay is having total 8 nos of dual LED of high intensity for easy identification of type of
fault for easy user interface. LEDs L5, L6 and L7 and Relay R1 to R5, digital status input and
controlled output are fully programmable via key pad interface.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/10

T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

6.5

Technical Specifications
General specifications
Sr. No.

Specification

Particulars

I.

Current Input

: Suitable for CT secondary 5 Amp. or 1 Amp. site selectable

II.

Aux. Supply

: 18 125 VDC/AC.

III.

VA burden on CT

: Less than 0.2VA

IV.

VA burden on Aux.

: Less than 10 Watts

V.

Operating Temp. range

: -10 deg. To + 65 deg.

VI.

Continuous Current carrying


capacity

: 2 x of rated

VII.

Pick up

: Within 1.1 times of set value

VIII.

Reset Value

: 95% to 90% of pick up.

IX.

Output Contact

: 1 for Phase Trip


: 1 for EF/NPS/3Io Trip
: 1 for Reclose
: 1 for BF
: 1 for RL-OK.
: 1 for R-LOCK
: 5 for General Programmable

X.

Contact Rating

: Continuous : 5A
: Make & carry for 0.5 sec : 30A
: Make carry for 3 sec : 15A

XI.

Opto Isolated input

: 1 for CB NO
: 1 for CB NC
: 5 for General Programmable

XII.

Thermal With stand for CT

: 20 x of rated for 3.0 sec.

Phase Section (Ip)


XIII.
Phase stage 1, stage 2 and
stage 3

: Stage 1 (Ip > )

10% - 200% insteps of 1%

: Time Multiplier (TMS)

x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.

: Operating Time

IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 C5 or Definite


Time C6 (00.00 S 99.9 S in step of 0.05)

: Stage 2 (Ip >> )

10% - 200% insteps of 1%

: Time Multiplier (TMS)

x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.

: Operating Time
: Stage 3 (Ip>>>)

IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 C5 or Definite


Time C6 (00.00 S 99.9 S in step of 0.05)
50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass

: Operating Time (min)

< 40 ms for 2 x In

: Additional Time delay in


stage 3 (IP>>>)

00.00 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

Internal software derived Earth Fault Section (3Io)


XIV.
3Io stage 1, stage 2 and
: Stage 1 (3Io > )
stage 3
: Time Multiplier (TMS)
: Operating Time

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

10% - 200% insteps of 1%


x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.
IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 C5 or Definite
Time C6 (00.00 S 99.9 S in step of 0.05)

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 7/10

T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

External Earth Fault Section (Ie)


XV.
EF stage 1, stage 2 and
stage 3

: Stage 2 (3Io >> )

10% - 200% insteps of 1%

: Time Multiplier (TMS)

x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.

: Operating Time
: Stage 3 (3Io>>>)

IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 C5 or Definite


Time C6 (00.00 S 99.9 S in step of 0.05)
50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass

: Operating Time (min)

< 40 ms for 2 x In

: Additional Time delay in


stage 3 (3Io>>>)

00.00 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

: Stage 1 (Ie > )

10% - 200% insteps of 1%

: Time Multiplier (TMS)

x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.

: Operating Time

IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 C5 or Definite


Time C6 (00 S 99.9 S)

: Stage 2 (Ie >> )

10% - 200% insteps of 1%

: Time Multiplier (TMS)

x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.

: Operating Time
: Stage 3 (Ie>>>)

IDMT IEC Std. curve C1 C5 or Definite


Time C6 (00 S 99.9 S)
50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass

: Operating Time (min)

< 40 ms for 2 x In

: Additional Time delay in


stage 3 (Ie>>>)

00.00 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

Negative Phase sequence Element I2 (46) Section


XVI.
NPS Stage 2 and Stage 3
: Stage 2 ( I2>>)
: Time Multiplier (TMS)
: Operating Time

XVIII.

Operational Indicators (Flags)


PROT.H /ERR

FAULT / PKP
DT / REC

: C5
: C6

IEC Std. Long Time Inverse


Definite Time 00 99 Sec In steps
of 1.0s.

50% - 2000% in steps of 50% and bypass


< 40 ms for 2 x In
00.00 2.00 sec (in steps of 0.05)

: Numbers of shot

:04

/ 0 = bypass

: Dead Time 1, 2, 3 & 4

: 0.1S 180s in step of 0.10 s

: Relaim Time

: 1.0 200s in step of 1.0 s

: Green LED indicates Relay OK (Protection Healthy)


: In case of following condition LED become Red
1. Problem in Relay Hardware.
2. Trip Circuit Faulty
: Green LED indicates FAULT, Hand Reset (HR) Type.
: Red LED indicate Relay Pick-up, Self Reset (SR) Type
: Green LED indicate Dead Time ( DT )
: Red LED indicate Reclaim Time ( REC )

Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Date : 15.11.2008

IEC Std. Extremely inverse

: Operating Time (min)

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Issue: 02

: C4

: Stage 3 ( I2 >> )
: Additional Time delay in
stage 3 (I2 >>>)
Auto Recloser Section
XVII.

10% - 200% insteps of 1%


x0.02 x1.00 in step of 0.01.
: C1
IEC Std. Inverse. 1 (3.0S)
: C2
IEC Std. Inverse 2 (1.3S)
IEC Std. Very Inverse
: C3

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 8/10

T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

XIX.

Sr. No.

LOCK / BF

: Green LED indicate ARR Lock-out, Hand Reset (HR) Type


: Red LED indicate Breaker Fail, Hand Reset (HR) Type

L5 / L6 / L7

: Spare LEDs Programmable

TRIP / CLOSE

: Green LED indicates Output Trip Relay contact operated, (SR) Type
: Red LED indicate output close relay contact closer (SR) Type

Drawing References

: For Cabinet Type


: For Back Connections
: For Typical External connection
: For Typical External connection
: For Draw-out Arrangement

Title

Standard no.

MAC01302
ADV00101
ADV00602
ADV00702
MAC01303

Electromagnetic Compatibility Type Test :


I.
High Frequency test
: IEC 60255-22-1, class - III
: Frequency : 1MHz Damped Oscillatory
: Longitudinal :5 KV (peak)
: Duration: sec duration 2 sec.
: Between input current Terminal
II.
: IEC 60255-22-2 Class III and IEC 61000-4-2 class III.
Electrostatic discharge Direct
application
: Contact discharge: 6kV,
: Air discharge: 8KV
: Polarity: both +ve and Ve polarities.
III.
Indirect application
: IEC-61000-4-2, Class-III
IV.

Fast transient disturbance

V.

Surge immunity test

VI.
VII.
VIII.

Power frequency immunity


test
Power frequency magnetic
field test

: IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, class A


: 1.2KV; 5/50ns; 5KHz burst duration = 15ms.
: Repetition rate 300ms; Both polarities; Ri = 50; duration 1 min.
: IEC 60255-22-5 / IEC 61000-4-6 class 4
: Differential Mode = 2kV
: Common Mode = 4kV
: 1.2/50uS , 5 surges of each polarity
: IEC-60255-22-7, Class-A
: IEC-61000-4-8, Class-V

IX.

Conducted Disturbance
induced by Radio Frequency
field

X.

AC Ripple in DC supply Test

: IEC- 60255-22-3
: EN-61000-4-3
: Frequency 80MHz 1GHz
: IEC 60255-22-6 / IEC 61000-4-6: 1996.
: Freq. 150kHz 80MHz, Amplitude 10 V, Modulation 80% AM @ 1
KHz
: IEC 60255-11

XI.

Radiated emission

: IEC- 60255-25

Radiated electromagnetic
field disturbance

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 9/10

T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

Insulation tests:
XII.
High Voltage Test

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

: IEC 60255-5. class - III


: At 2.5kV 50Hz between all terminal connected together and earth
for 1 minutes

XIII.

Impulse Voltage Test

: IEC60255-5. class - III


: Test voltage: 5KV (peak) 1.2 / 50us,
: Energy :0.5 J,
: Polarity : + ve and Ve
: Nos. of impulses : 3 positive and 3 negative impulse
: Duration between Impulses : 5 sec.

Environmental tests:
XIV.

Cold test Storage test

: IEC-60068-2-1

XV.

Dry heat test

: IEC-60068-2-2

XVI.

Damp heat test, steady state

: IEC-60068-2-3

XVII.

Damp heat test, cyclic

: IEC-60068-2-30

CE compliance
Immunity

: IEC-60255-26

XIX.

Emissive Test

: IEC- 60255-26

XX.

Low voltage directive

: EN-50178

XVIII.

Mechanical tests
XXI.

Vibration

: IEC 60255-21-1 class 1


: Frequency Range = 10Hz 150Hz , acceleration. = 1gn (9.8 m/s2)
: Sweep rate 1 octave/min; 20 cycle in 3 orthogonal axis.

XXII.

Shock and bump

: IEC- 60255-21-2

XXIII.

Seismic

: IEC-60255-21-3

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 10/10

T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N

6.6

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Discription

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Typo Error Corrected.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Technical_specification
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/16

APPLICATION GUIDE

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/16

CONTENTS

7.1

Main function

7.2

Over Current Element

7.3

Earth Fault Element

7.4

Inverse Time Curve

7.4.1

C1 - Normal Inverse 1 (10 Times 3.0 sec)

7.4.2

C2 - Normal Inverse 2 (10 Times 1.3 sec)

7.4.3

C3 - Very Inverse (10 Times 1.5 sec)

7.4.4

C4 - Extremely Inverse (10 Times 0.8 sec)

7.4.5

C5 - Long Time Inverse (10 Times 13.3 sec)

7.5

Trip Circuit Supervision

10

7.6

Auto Recloser Logic

10

7.7

Breaker Failure Logic

10

7.8

Negative Sequence Over Current

11

7.9

Programmable Di/DO and LED

11

7.10

Monitoring Function (Event, Disturbance Recorder)

11

7.11.1

Wiring Diagram External EF for EF protection

12

7.11.2

Wiring Diagram Internal EF for EF Protection

13

7.12

Trip Diagram

14

7.13

Logic Diagram of RL1 to RL5 and LED

15

7.14

Revision Note

16

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

7.1.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/16

Main Functions
The ADR241B are having following protection functions.
1.

3 stage phase over current element. (Ip>,Ip>> and Ip>>>).

2.

3 stages of 3Io (internally derived EF) (3Io>, 3Io>> and 3Io>>>).

3.

3 stages of Ie (externally EF or REF) (Ie>, Ie>> and Ie>>>).

4.

2 stages of I2 (internally derived Negative Phase Sequence) (I2>> and I2>>>).

5.

Trip Circuit Super vision.

6.

Breaker Failure Detection.

7.

Monitoring Functions.

8.

Auto Recloser Relay (ARR).

9.

Digital Input / Output Assignment


Each of these functions are independently programmable and can be enable or disable
by user depending upon requirement

7.2.

Over Current Element:


The ADR241B is member of Ashida Numerical Relay family design for protection general
feeder. The relay has got three independent stages of over current (IP>, IP>>, & IP>>>).
Stage 1 (>) stage 2 (>>) can be programmed as IDMT or definite time. All major international
IDMT curves are available. Stage 3 (>>>) can be programmed instantaneous or define time.
Range of for stage 1 and 2 is 10% to 200% for phase and 10 to 200% for EF. For stage 3
phase 50% - 2000% The output of stage 1 (IP>) is separate and not connected to trip
contact. The output of Ip> can be assigned to any of 5 programmable relay through key
board. While output of IP>> and IP>>> is connected to trip element. Thus IP> can be used
as ALARM before trip or can be used to trip another CB before tripping main CB.
Although the curves tend towards infinite when the current approaches Is (general
threshold), the minimum guaranteed value of the operating current for all the curves with the
inverse time characteristic is 1.1Is (with a tolerance of 0.05Is).

7.3.

Earth Fault Element:


The relay has got two different type of Earth Fault one is marked as 3Io and another is
marked as Ie. The 3Io is derived internally by software through phase current while Ie is
measured from external CT. Thus Ie can be used as Core Balance CT(CBCT) or Restricted
EF (REF). Each EF is having 3 stages (>, >>, & >>>). Stage 1 (>) stage 2 (>>) can be
programmed as IDMT or definite time. All major international IDMT curves are available.
Stage 3 (>>>) can be programmed instantaneous or define time. Range of for stage 1 and 2
is 10% to 200%, for stage 3 phase 50% - 2000%. The output of stage 1 (3Io>) is separate
and not connected to trip contact. The output of > can be assigned to any of 5 programmable
relay through key board. While output of >> and >>> is connected to trip element. Thus I>

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

Page 4/16

can be used as ALARM before trip or can be used to trip another CB before tripping main
CB. The separate output contact allows to use each stage for independent function such as
stage 1 can be used for ALARM stage 2 for tripping or both can be use for tripping
independent CB. Each stage can enable or disable depend upon application.
7.4.

Inverse Time Curves: The each stage thresholds for phase (earth) over current can be selected with an Inverse
Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) characteristic. The time delay is calculated with a
mathematical formula

t=

K * a
I

Iref
Curve Type

Description

C1

Standard Inverse_1

0.14

0.02

C2

Standard Inverse_2

0.60

0.02

C3

Very Inverse

13.5

C4

Extremely inverse

80

C5

Long Time Inverse

120

C6

Define Time

The separate output contact allows to use each stage for independent function such as
stage 1 can be used for ALARM stage 2 for tripping or both can be use for tripping
independent CB. Each stage can enable or disable depend upon application.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

7.5.

Page 10/16

Trip circuit Supervision :The ADR241B is having 2 separate digital opto-coupler status input which can be used to
continuously monitor continuity of trip-circuit. The general scheme is as shown in fig. 4.
Relay monitor Trip coil continuity through CB NO during close condition and through CB NC
during Trip condition. If any discontinuity observed it generate Alarm signal.
The output marked as PROTH (Protection healthy) is normally is ON and become OFF at
following condition
9

When DC supply is not sufficient (DC fail)

When T1 and T2 both active and both inactive. i.e CB NO as will as CB NC are both
close or open. Relay detects any internal hard ware Error.

B+

TCCOM

1
6
2

CB NO

To Relay CPU

T1

B1

T2

TC

6
2

To Relay CPU

CB NC

Fig.4 Trip Circuit Logic

7.6.

Auto Recloser Logic:The ADR241B is provided with 4 shot auto recloser function. There are 5 timer for auto
recloser 1) Dead Time for shot 1 (DT1) 2) Dead Time for shot 2 (DT2) 3) Dead Time for shot
3 (DT3) 4) Dead Time for shot 4 (DT4) and 5) Reclaim Time (RT). After clearing of fault
AD241B trigger dead Time 1 i.e DT1. After the time delay Relay provides reclose command
and start reclaim timer RT. If second fault occur during RT relay trigger Dead Time 2 i.e DT2.
If third fault occur during RT relay trigger Dead Time 3 i.e DT3, If Fourth fault occur during
RT relay trigger Dead Time 4 i.e DT4 and after time delay it again provide reclose command
and retrigger RT. If fifth fault occur during RT Relay generate Lock-Out alarm and block
further reclose. The Lock-Out condition can be reset locally as well remotely by SCADA
through communication digital status input.

7.7.

Breaker Failure Detection:Normally after tripping current should become Zero within 100 200ms time depend upon
type of fault and breaker mechanism. After Fault ADR241B trigger internal timer (settable
from 0.1s to 1.0s) If fault is not cleared during this time then relay declare as Breaker fail
(LBB function) and change another contacts. This contact is marked as Breaker Fail can be
used to trip back up breaker or can be used to generate ALARM signal.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

7.8.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 11/16

Negative sequence over current (46)


The ADR241B relay will be included programmable function to detect unbalanced fault
conditions. When earth fault elements are not operated or not sufficiently sensitive. The
ADR241B include negative phase sequence over current element it can be programmed as
IDMT or definite time the actual setting range will be finalized during later stage of design

7.9.

Programmable DI/DO and LED :The ADR241B has got 5 digital outputs, 5 opto-isolated input and 6 general purpose LEDs.
These can be programmed by local key board. Any logical of physical status can be assigned
to any relay contact.

7.10.

Monitoring Functions (Event, Disturbance Record) :Apart from basic protection functions. Relay is continuously monitors all substations
operation through status, it internal functions, internal hardware etc. if any changed is
observed it marked as event. Such type of events is stored in internal non-volatile memory
along with time stamped. Following some of the events. Relay PKP, Relay Reset, CB Trip,
CB close, changed of any digital status input, Relay setting changed etc.
Up to 100 such event can be stored and can be download for detailed analysis. Apart from
Event record Relay also record actual waveform of current along with all digital and logical
status during fault condition. Up to 20 such waveforms can be recorded; the duration of
disturbance record is 1 sec. This waveform can be downloaded through communication port
for further analysis.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

Page 14/16

Digital Input / Digital Output


The ADR241B relay has got large nos. of setting and functions, Many times all the functions are not
needed and it is totally depends upon application , system under protection etc. The ADR241B
provide very innovative technique to optimized external wiring. The relay provided with 2NO trip
contact which is general trip and it is common to stage 2 and stage 3 of most of the function.
Following logic diagram
7.12

Trip Diagram

TEST
TEST Enable

&

TRIP
IP>>R
&
IP>>Y
&
IP>>B
IP>>Enable

&
IP>>>R
&
IP>>>Y
&
IP>>>B

IP>>>Enable

&

IE>>
IE>>Enable

&

IE>>>
IE>>>Enable &
3Io>>
3Io>>Enable

&

3Io>>>
3Io>>>Enable &
I2>>
I2>>Enable

&

I2>>>
I2>>>Enable

&

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

Page 15/16

ADR241B has got 5 programmable relay and 8 programmable LED they can be assign to different
protection functions from key board. The method programming is given in user interface chapter.
Following logic diagram explain the functionality.
7.13

Logic diagram for RL1 to RL5 and Leds

Not Connected
IP>R
&
IP>Y
&
IP>B
IP>Enable

&
IP>>R
&
IP>>Y
&
IP>>B

IP>>Enable

&

IP>>>R
&
IP>>>Y
&
IP>>>B
IP>>>Enable

IE>
IE>Enable

&

&

IE>>
IE>>Enable &
IE>>>
IE>>>Enable &
3Io>
3Io>Enable

&

3Io>>
3Io>>Enable &
3Io>>>
3Io>>>Enable &
I2>>
I2>>Enable &
I2>>>
I2>>>Enable &

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

SR

HR
S
RQ
LED Reset

RL1
RL5

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
AP P L I C AT I O N G U I D E

7.14

Page 16/16

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Application
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
C O M M U N I C AT I O N

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/9

COMMUNICATION

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
C O M M U N I C AT I O N

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/9

CONTENTS
8.1

IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE for ADR241B

8.2

Physical connection and link layer

8.3

Initialization

8.4

Time synchronization

8.5

General interrogation

8.6

Cyclic measurements

8.7

Disturbance records

8.8

APPENDIX

8.8.1

Frames in Monitor Direction

8.8.1.1

System Functions in monitor direction

8.8.1.2

Status indications in monitor direction

8.8.1.3

Fault indications in monitor direction

8.8.1.4

Measurands in monitor direction

8.8.1.5

Private frames in monitor direction

8.8.1.6

Disturbance data transmission in monitor direction

8.8.2

Frames in Control Direction

8.8.2.1

Private frames in Control direction

8.8.2.2

System Functions in control direction:

8.8.2.3

General commands in control direction

8.8.2.4

Disturbance data transmission related messages in control direction

8.8.2.5

Actual Channel: Used for DR Transmission:

8.9

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

8.1

IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE for ADR241B


IEC60870-5-103 applies to protection equipment with coded bit serial data transmission for
exchanging information with control systems. This relay supports compatibility level 2.
The following IEC60870-5-103 facilities are supported by this interface:

8.2

Initialization (Reset)

Time Synchronization

Event Record Extraction

General Interrogation

Cyclic Measurements

General Commands

Disturbance Records

Physical connection and link layer


Connection is available for IEC60870-5-103 through the front RS232 port as well as the rear
RS485 port.
The parameters of the communication are the following:

No Parity, Odd Parity & Even Parity

8 Data bits

1 stop bit

Data rate 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200 38400 or 57600 bauds

Electrical connection for Front RS232 Port

Computer

ADR241B

P1

P1
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5

CONNECTOR DB9 Femle

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5
CONNECTOR DB9 Male

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

RS485/RS422 communication port Electrical Connection provided at back of Relay

RS485/422 PORT
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5

RX +
RX -

Rx+
Tx+

and
and

Rx- are Input to relay


Tx- are output from relay

TX TX +

D9 Male

8.3

Initialization
A reset of the communication function is affected by means of a reset command from the
control system. This is generally transmitted by control system when:

Control system is initialized;

The protection does not respond during a certain period.

The reset command can be transmitted as:

Reset frame count bit (FCB), or

Reset communication unit (CU).

Reset CU will clear any unsent message frames in the relays transmit buffer.
The relay will respond to the reset command with an identification message ASDU 5, the
Cause of Transmission COT of this response will be either Reset CU or Reset FCB
Depending on the nature of the reset command. The following information will be contained in
the data section of this ASDU.
Manufacturer Name: ASHIDA
The Software Identification Section will contain the first four characters of the relay model
number to identify the type of relay.
In addition to the above identification message, if the relay has been powered up it will also
produce a power up event.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

8.4

Time synchronization
If the time synchronization message is sent as a send/confirm message then the relay will
respond with a confirm. Whether the time synchronization message is sent as a send confirm
or a broadcast (send/no reply) message, a time synchronization message will be returned as
Class 1 data.

8.5

General interrogation
In the control direction, general interrogation (GI) initiated by means of a GI command.
It is used to read the status of the relay, the function numbers, information numbers and
common address offsets that will be returned during the GI cycle.
When the list of messages subject to GI has been processed following by a GI command,
A GI termination message is then transmitted. A new cycle is not initiated in protection
equipment until a new GI impulse is received from control equipment.

8.6

Cyclic measurements
The relay will produce measured values using ASDU 3 and ASDU 9 alternately on a cyclical
basis, these can be read from the relay using a Class 2 poll. The measurands transmitted by
the relay are sent as a proportion of 1.2 times the rated value of the analogue value.

8.7

Disturbance records
The disturbance records stored by the relay can be extracted using the mechanism defined in
the IEC60870-5-103 standard. Disturbance data transmission initiated, first binary values are
transmitted first, followed by disturbance values. Initial status of the binary values transmitted
first, followed by tags for changed values.
Disturbance values are transmitted with increasing channel numbers. All ASDUs are
transmitted as data class 1 in the link layer.

8.8

APPENDIX

8.8.1

Frames in Monitor Direction

8.8.1.1 System Functions in monitor direction


INF

Description

GI

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

<0>

End of general interrogation

10

255

<0>

Time synchronization

255

<2>

Reset FCB

160

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

<3>

Reset CU

160

<4>

Start/Restart

160

<5>

Power on

160

GI

TYP

COT

FUN(typical)

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

9
9,11
1,7,11
1,7,9,11
1,7,9,11
1,7,9,11
1,7,9,11
1,7,9,11

160
127
160
160
160
160
160
127

TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

COT
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7,9
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7,9
1,7
1,7,9

FUN (typical)
160
160
160
160
126
126
126
160
160
160
160
160
160
126
160
160
126
160
160
126
126
126

8.8.1.2 Status indications in monitor direction


INF
<18>
<21>
<19>
<27>
<28>
<29>
<30>
<31>

Description
Protection active
Test
LED Reset
Status 1
Status 2
Status 3
Status 4
Status 5

8.8.1.3 Fault indications in monitor direction


INF
<64>
<65>
<66>
<67>
<117>
<103>
<105>
<84>
<69>
<70>
<71>
<90>
<91>
<104>
<92>
<93>
<121>
<68>
<85>
<123>
<124>
<125>

Description
Start/ pick-up L1
Start/ pick-up L2
Start/ pick-up L3
Start/ pick-up N
OCR 1 pick-up
OCR 2 pick-up
OCR 3 pick-up
General start/ pickup
Trip L1
Trip L2
Trip L3
Trip I>
Trip I>>
Trip I>>>
Trip IN>
Trip IN>>
Trip IN>>>
General Trip
Breaker failure
3IO Stage 1 pick-up
3IO Stage 1 Trip
3IO Stage 2 pick-up

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

GI
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 7/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

<126>
<127>
<128>
<129>
<130>
<131>
<132>

3IO Stage 2 Trip


3IO Stage 3 pick-up
3IO Stage 3 Trip
NPS Stage 2 pick-up
NPS Stage 2 Trip
NPS Stage 3 pick-up
NPS Stage 3 Trip

X
X
X
-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

1,7
1,7,9
1,7
1,7,9
1,7
1,7,9
1,7

126
126
126
126
126
126
126

GI

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

8.8.1.4 Measurands in monitor direction


INF

Description

<148>

Measurand I1, I2, I3

160

<14>

Measurand I4

160

GI

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

246

8.8.1.5 Private frames in monitor direction


INF
<0>

Description
Fault Data

11

160

8.8.1.6 Disturbance data transmission in monitor direction


INF

Description

GI

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

<0>

List of Recorded Disturbances

23

31

160

<0>

Ready for Transmission of


Disturbance Data

26

31

160

<0>

Ready for Transmission of Tags

28

31

160

<0>

Transmission of Tags

29

31

160

<0>

End of Transmission

31

31

160

<0>

Ready for Transmission of


Channel

27

31

160

<0>

Transmission of Disturbance Data

30

31

160

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 8/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

8.8.2

Frames in Control Direction

8.8.2.1 Private frames in Control direction


INF

Description

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

<0>

Fault List Request

24

11

160

<0>

Fault Data Request

245

11

127

8.8.2.2 System Functions in control direction


INF

Description

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

<0>

Initialization of general interrogation

<255>

<0>

Time synchronization

<255>

8.8.2.3 General commands in control direction


INF

Description

COM

TYP

COT

FUN (typical)

<19>

LED Reset

ON

20

20

160

<124>

Output 1 (Trip Relay)

ON

20

20

160

8.8.2.4 Disturbance data transmission related messages in control direction


INF
<0>
<0>

Description
Order for Disturbance data
Transmission
Acknowledgement for
Disturbance Data transmission

GI
-

TYP
24

COT
31

FUN (typical)
160

25

31

160

8.8.2.5 Actual Channel: Used for DR Transmission


INF

Description

<1>

IR

<2>

IY

<3>

IB

<4>

IN

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

Page 9/9

C O M M U N I C AT I O N

8.9

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Minor Typo Error Corrected.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/Communication
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/24

INSTALLATION
COMMISSIONING &
RELAY TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/24

CONTENTS
9.1

Installation

9.1.1

Relay Connection & Diagram

9.1.2

Before energising following should be checked

9.1.3

Relay operating condition

9.1.4

CT Circuit

9.1.5

Insulation

9.2.

Commissioning

9.2.1

Commissioning Test, Required Equipment

9.2.2

Checking of External Circuitry

9.2.2.1

Relay Back Terminal Wiring

9.2.2.2

Visual Inspection

9.2.2.3

Earthing

9.2.2.4

CT Polarity

9.2.3

Checking of Relay Setting

9.2.4

Final Checking

9.2.5

Commissioning Record Sheet

9.2.5.1

Relay identification

9.2.5.2

Commissioning Test Report

9.2.5.3

Commissioning record sheet for ADR241B_V2 Relay.

9.3

Post instillation / Commissioning observation

10

9.4

Testing of Relay

10

9.4.1

Relay Calibration

10

9.4.2

Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test

12

9.4.3

Testing of Over Current IP>> Protection

13

9.4.3.1

Pickup Test for Over Current IP>>

13

9.4.3.2

IDMT Time Test for Over Current IP>>

13

9.4.3.3

Pickup Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>>

15

9.4.3.4

Operating Time Test for Over Current Instantaneous Element IP>>

16

9.4.4

Testing of 3Io>> Protection

16

9.4.4.1

Pickup Test for 3Io >>

16

9.4.4.2

IDMT Time Test for 3Io>>

17

9.4.4.3

Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Element 3Io>>

18

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/24

9.4.5

Testing of Earth Fault Ie>> Element

19

9.4.5.1

Pickup Test for Earth Fault Ie>>

19

9.4.5.2

IDMT Time Test for Earth Fault Ie>>

19

9.4.5.3

Operating Time Test for Earth Fault Instantaneous Element Ie>>

21

9.4.6

Testing of NPS (Negative Phase Sequence Element)

21

9.4.7

Testing of Annunciation for Both Over Current & Earth Fault

22

9.5

Other Functional Test

23

9.6

Revision Note

24

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.1.

INSTALLATION

9.1.1.

Relay Connection and Diagram

Page 4/24

Before installation of the relay check the correct working procedure as to ensure safety and
the equipment documentation. Terminal exposed during installation may present a hazardous
voltage unless the equipment is electrically isolated. Any disassembly of the equipment may
expose parts at hazardous voltage. Electronic parts may be damaged if suitable electrostatic
discharge (ESD) precautions are not taken. Voltage and current connection should be made
using insulated crimp termination to ensure that terminal block insulation requirement are
maintained for safety. To ensure that wires are correctly terminated the correct crimp terminal
and tool for wire size should be used. The equipment must be connected in accordance with
the appropriate connection diagram.
9.1.2.

Before energising following should be checked


a. Voltage rating and polarity.
b. CT circuit rating and integrity of connection.
c.

Protective fuse rating.

d. Integrity of the earthing connection.


e. Voltage and current rating of external wiring, applicable to the application.
9.1.3.

Relay Operating Condition


The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical and environmental limits.

9.1.4.

Current Transformer Circuit


Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT since the high voltage produce may be lethal to
personnel and could damage insulation. Generally, for safety, the secondary of the line CT
must be shorted before opening any connection to it. For ADR241_V2, terminal block for
current transformer termination has automatic CT shorting on removal of the module.
Therefore external shorting of the CTs may not be required.

9.1.5.

Insulation and dielectric strength testing


Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. At the end of each
part of the test, the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero, to discharge capacitors,
since this may result in damage.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.2.

COMMISSIONING

9.2.1.

Commissioning Test, Required Equipment.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 5/24

ADR241B_V2 are fully numerical in their design, it has self supervision function continuously
keeping track on its internal hardware and the movement, it detects failure of any component,
it gives message on LCD display. So with this important function the commissioning test do
not need to be as extensive as with non numerical relays. To communicate ADR241B_V2
relay is only necessary to verify that its functioning correctly. At the time of commissioning of
ADR241B_V2 relay following test equipments are sufficient.
a. Current injector (Single Phase) 0-50A.
b. Timer with precision 1ms.
c.

Multimeter Precision 1%

d. Required Auxiliary supply


e. Connecting wire as per required length extension board etc.
9.2.2.

Checking of External Circuit

9.2.2.1. Relay Back Terminal Wiring


Ensure the relay wiring as per appropriate wiring diagram on back terminal of relay.
a. CT Secondary to be connected to the relay 1A or 5A. All screws on the CT wiring to be
properly tightened. Warning: Open circuit of CT secondary wiring can cause high voltage
produce which may be lethal and could damage insulation.
b. Auxiliary supply input of the relay with proper polarity as positive supply mark with +Ve
and negative supply as Ve on back sticker. The supply rang is also mentioned on back
sticker. Confirm the auxiliary supply before energizing the relay it should be within range.
c.

Trip contact connection as per given schematic diagram.

d. Alarm contact connection as per given schematic diagram.


e. Extra Annunciation contact connection as per requirement as site selectable contacts are
provided.
9.2.2.2. Visual inspection
Check external wiring corresponds to appropriate relay diagram. The reference ferrule no. of
external wiring and relay back sticker on top of the metal box.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 6/24

9.2.2.3. Earthing
Earthing sticker is put on the bottom screw of the equipment box at the back side of the relay.
Ensure the relay earthing connected to the local earth bar with several relays present, make
sure that the copper earth bar is properly installed for solidity connecting to the earthing
terminal of each relay equipment box.
9.2.2.4. CT Polarity
Ensure proper CTs are connected as per required maximum load current and their polarity.
When all polarity of CTs are properly connected, unbalance current flowing through earth fault
element will found approximately zero. Otherwise the relay will trip in earth fault after
energizing of C.B.
CT polarity can be checked by following method :
Momentarily battery +Ve to P1 & -Ve to P2 .The center zero ammeter connected with +Ve to
S1 and Ve to S2, will deflect in +Ve direction if CT polarity is correct.
9.2.3.

Checking of Relay Setting


The relay setting check ensures that all of application specific relay setting for the particular
installation have been correctly applied to the relay. Enter all setting manually via the relay
front panel interface.
The commissioning of following points:
a. Ensure over current and earth fault trip setting.
b. Ensure TMS setting of over current and Earth Fault are entered correctly as per required
time grading between feeder and incomer.
c.

Ensure trip count reset application which are selectable as HR (Hand Reset) or SR (Self
Reset).

d. Ensure instantaneous HF setting done correctly and its definite time delay are applied
properly as per required time grading between feeder and incomer.
e. Ensure selection of programmable extra annunciation duty contacts is as per required
function.
f.

Ensure connected CT primary ratio is applied properly as per existing feeder and
incomer.

g. Ensure selected CT secondary from relay back terminal is match with selected CT
Secondary from relay setting.
h. Ensure annunciation contact reset function which is selectable as HR (hand Reset) or SR
(Self Reset).
i.

Ensure measure of applied current is same as the current measure in CT secondary


current and CT Primary current also.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.2.4.

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 7/24

Final Checking
After completion of all relay functionality testing and relay setting check. Remove all tests as
temporary shorting leads etc. if it is necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from
the relay in order to perform the wiring verification test. It should be ensured with the CT
connection are replaced in accordance with the relevant external connection or schemes
diagram. Ensure all fault & Annunciation contacts, trip contacts has been reset before leaving
relay.

If relay ADR241B_V2 is a newly installed or the CB has been just maintained the trip counter
of relay should be zero. This counter can be reset by using HW reset,LED reset and Up arrow
key.
To rest follow the instruction given below:
a. Press and hold HW reset, LED reset key.
b. Now press and hold Up arrow key.
c.

Now release HW Reset, LED reset and hold Up arrow key until the following message
is displayed
All Fault memory and password clear and all protection OFF press HW reset+ LED
Reset

d.
9.2.5.

Now press HW Reset + LED Reset and release to continue.

Commissioning record sheet

9.2.5.1. Relay identification


Commissioning Date: Commissioning Engineer: Substation Details: Circuit Details: ADR series relay model No. : - ADR 241B F
Relay model No. : Relay Serial No. : Rated current : Rated Auxiliary Voltage: Communication Protocol: -

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 8/24

9.2.5.2. Commissioning Test Report


Serial No. check.

All current transformer shorting - - - closed

Wiring check as per diagram (if available)

Relay equipment box properly earthed

Insulation tested

Auxiliary supply control

Auxiliary voltage value

F Vdc / Vac

Relay healthy contact

CT sec:_____ CT Primary:_______
Set relay CT sec and primary value as per system value.

Measurement: Applied current at primary side of CT and check Relay measure value
Measurement

Applied Value in Amp.

Relay Value in Amp.

Phase R Current
Phase Y Current
Phase B Current
3Io Current
Earth N Current

Phase Protection Test: Setting IP>>: ________ IP>> TMS = :_______


Threshold

Theoretical Value in Amp.

Relay Value in Amp.

Ip>> Threshold
Ip>> Drop Threshold

Time Delay Setting = _________


IDMT Characteristics = ________ 10 Times _________Sec. (take value from selected curve)
Threshold in Sec.
Time Delay at 2 times of Ip>> setting
Time Delay at 10 times of Ip>> setting

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

Relay in Sec.

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 9/24

Earth Protection Test: Setting 3Io>>: ________ 3Io>> TMS = :_______


Threshold

Theoretical Value in Amp.

Relay Value in Amp.

3Io>> Threshold
3Io>> Drop Threshold

Time Delay Setting = _________


IDMT Characteristics = __________ 10 Times _________Sec.
Threshold in Sec.

Relay in Sec.

Time Delay at 2 times of 3Io>> setting


Time Delay at 10 times of 3Io>> setting

9.2.5.3. Commissioning record sheet for ADR241B_V2 Relay.


Password protection : Password : Setting Ref.
CT Ratio configuration menu
Line CT Primary connected ______A
Line CT Secondary
Protection menu:Phase Over Current : - (50/51)
Ip>> % trip setting = ______%
Ip>> Delay type setting

F IDMT
F Normal Inverse 1 C1

F Normal Inverse 2 C2

F Very Inverse C3

F Extremely Inverse C4

F Long Time Inverse C5

F Definite Time Delay C6

Ip TMS setting for IDMT


Ip>> IDMT Delay setting
51 IP>>> setting F Yes F No
IP>>>

% Setting = ___%

IP> >> Delay Setting= _____Sec.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 10/24

Earth Fault Over Current (3Io) : - (50N/51N)


3Io>> % trip setting = ______%
3Io>> Delay type setting

F IDMT
F Normal Inverse 1 C1

F Normal Inverse 2 C2

F Very Inverse C3

F Extremely Inverse C4

F Long Time Inverse C5

F Definite Time Delay C6

3Io>> TMS setting for IDMT


3Io>> IDMT Delay setting
51N
3Io>>> setting F Yes F No
3Io>>> % Setting = ___%
3Io>> Delay Setting= _____Sec.
9.3.

Post instillation / Commissioning observation


After successful installation conformer amount of existing load current in each phase (R, Y, B)
and Earth Fault (3Io). This can be confirmed with Analog/ Digital current meter available on
panel with relay primary and secondary current measurement window. In normal Balance
load condition the 3Io current should be vey low. Similarly Positive sequence current I1
should be approximately equal to average value of phase current while negative phase
sequence current should be very low. Trip test also can be carried out with test push button to
confirm trip circuit this test can be conducted without load also.

9.4

Testing of Relay

9.4.1

Relay Calibration
Before conducting actual test confirm relay calibration by following method.

Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

Following chart shows terminal numbers of 1A / 5A CT connections.

Phase

1A

5A

C3, C4

C5, C6

C7, C8

C9, C10

C11, C12

C13, C14

EF

C15, C16

C17, C18

Connect R CT terminals as per the chart.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 11/24

Adjust rated CT Secondary Current 1A/5A. Observe the current value from measurement
menu. The actual current should match with relay display.

Adjust trimpot if it shows difference in actual and standard source. Refer following table
for calibration.

Phase

Trimpot

P1

P2

P3

EF

P4

Repeat the same procedure for other element.

Note:
The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before testing
of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from stable current
source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend digital current
sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current equal to rated input,
i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same and equal then observed
3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu. The 3Io value should be
less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay 1/5A setting and actual
current input. and I2 should be less then 0.05.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 13/24

9.4.3

TESTING OF OVER CURRENT PROTECTION

9.4.3.1

Pickup Test for Over Current IP>> :


1.

Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2.

Select IP>> =50%,100%, and 200% as per table, IP>> TMS =x0.02

3.

Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4.

Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.

5.

When the injected current crosses IP>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay
pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick
value of relay.

6.

At the same time the relay latches the fault in the current buffer.

7.

Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

8.

Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test
report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)


IP>>
%

R Phase
1A

5A

Y Phase
1A

5A

Limit value(amp)

B Phase
1A

5A

1A

5A

Min

Max

Min

Max

50%

0.5

0.55

2.0

2.75

100%

1.0

1.1

5.0

5.5

200%

2.0

2.2

10.0

11

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)

9.4.3.2

IDMT Time Test for Over Current IP>> :


1.

Set IP>> = and Ip>> TMS as per table.

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 14/24

Operating Time Test


Setting Ip>> = 100%
TMS
= x 1.0
Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your
requirement
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

5N

5A

25A

B
Phase

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C4

C5

10N
10A
50A
Setting Ip>> = 100%
TMS
= x 0.1
Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

B
Phase

C1

C2

C3

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)


C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec.
C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec.

C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec.


C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec.

C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.


CURVE : C1
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

CURVE : C2
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

10.128

8.86 to 11.39

2N

4.389

3.84 to 4.93

5N

4.322

3.99 to 4.64

5N

1.873

1.73 to 2.01

10N

3.000

2.85 to 3.15

10N

1.300

1.23 to 1.36

20N

2.290

2.17 to 2.40

20N

0.992

0.94 to 1.04

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

CURVE : C3
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Page 15/24

CURVE : C4
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

13.500

11.81 to 15.18

2N

26.667

23.33 to 30.00

5N

3.375

3.12 to 3.62

5N

3.333

3.08 to 3.58

10N

1.500

1.42 to 1.57

10N

0.808

0.76 to 0.84

20N

0.711

0.67 to 0.74

20N

0.201

0.19 to 0.21

CURVE : C5
Actual Max.
Set Current
Time Sec.

9.4.3.3

Tolerance

Tolerance

2N

120.000

105 .00 to 135.00

5N

30.000

27.75 to 32.25

10N

13.333

12.66 to 13.99

20N

6.316

6.00 to 6.63

Pick-up Testing for Over Current Instantaneous Element


1.

Set IP>>> = 200%, IP>>> delay = 0.

2.

Start increasing the current using variac when it crosses IP>>> % settings the relay
gives trip signal and the timer will stop.

3.

The unit latches the fault current and will display message as follows:
IP> :
IP>> :
IP>>> : R

TC : 0026

R = 10.00 Y = 00.10
B = 00.10 N = 000.0
Date : 01/09/05
Time : 12:04:33:034
4.

Note down the current value. At which relay trip.

5.

Repeat the procedure for different setting as per test report.

H.F. Test : [ Amp.]

IP>>> %

For 1 A

For 5 A

200% (2A)

200%(10)

R (Amps)
Y (Amps)
B (Amps)
The actual value should be with in +/- 10% setting
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.4.3.4

Page 16/24

Operating Time test for Over Current Instantaneous Element


1.

Set IP>>> setting = 100%, IP>>>delay = 00

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current equal to 1.5N of IP>>> (1.5A for 1A input and 7.5A for 5A input)
setting value.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

HF Time Testing For O/C :


Set Delay =00

IP>>> Time Delay settings

Observed
Observed Delay

Theoretical

Set Delay =1.0s


Observe

Less than 40mS

9.4.4

TESTING OF EARTH FAULT CURRENT PROTECTION

9.4.4.1

Pickup Test for 3Io>> Element

Theoretical
0.95 1.05
sec

Note:
The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before
testing of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from
stable current source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend
digital current sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current
equal to rated input, i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same
and equal then observed 3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu.
The 3Io value should be less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay
1/5A setting and actual current input. And I2 should be less then 0.05.
1.

Connect to R Phase CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector


and timer as shown in diagram.

2.

Select 3Io>> =10%, 3Io>> TMS =x0.02

3.

Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4.

Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.

5.

When the injected current crosses 3Io>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating
relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as
pick value of relay.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 17/24

6.

Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test
report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)


3Io>> %

R Phase
1A

Limit value(amp)

5A

1A

5A

Min

Max

Min

Max

10%

0.1

0.12

0.5

0.55

50%

0.5

0.55

2.5

2.75

100%

1.0

1.2

10.0

11.0

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)
9.4.4.2

IDMT Time Test for 3Io>> Element


1.
Set 3Io>> = and 3Io>> TMS as per table.
2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.
Repeat the procedure for different setting.
Operating Time Test
Setting 3Io>> = 50% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF
TMS
= x 1.0
Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your
requirement
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

Phase

5N

2.5A

7.5A

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C4

C5

10N
5A
25A
Setting 3Io>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF
TMS
= x 0.1
Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

Phase

5N

2.5A

7.5A

10N

5A

25A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

C1

C2

C3

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 18/24

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)


C1: Reading by Curve 10N = 3 Sec.

C2 = Reading by Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec.

C3: Reading by Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec.

C4 = Reading by Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec.

C5: Reading by Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE: C1
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

CURVE: C2
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

10.128

8.86 to 11.39

2N

4.389

3.84 to 4.93

5N

4.322

3.99 to 4.64

5N

1.873

1.73 to 2.01

10N

3.000

2.85 to 3.15

10N

1.300

1.23 to 1.36

20N

2.290

2.17 to 2.40

20N

0.992

0.94 to 1.04

CURVE: C3
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

CURVE: C4
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

Tolerance

2N

13.500

11.81 to 15.18

2N

26.667

23.33 to 30.00

5N

3.375

3.12 to 3.62

5N

3.333

3.08 to 3.58

10N

1.500

1.42 to 1.57

10N

0.808

0.76 to 0.84

20N

0.711

0.67 to 0.74

20N

0.201

0.19 to 0.21

CURVE: C5
Actual Max.
Set Current
Time Sec.

9.4.4.3

Tolerance

Tolerance

2N

120.000

105 .00 to 135.00

5N

30.000

27.75 to 32.25

10N

13.333

12.66 to 13.99

20N

6.316

6.00 to 6.63

Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Element 3Io>>


1.

Set 3Io>>> setting = 50%, 3Io>>>delay = 00

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current equal to 1.5N of 3Io>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input)
setting value.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 19/24

HF Time Testing For 3Io :


3Io>>> Time Delay settings

Set Delay =00


Observed

Observed Delay

Set Delay =1.0s

Theoretical

Observe

0.95 1.05
sec

Less than 40mS

9.4.5

Testing of Earth Fault (EF) Element

9.4.5.1

Pickup Test for Earth Fault Ie>> Element

Theoretical

Note:
The Ie externally measure the EF and this element can be used as additional EF like
REF etc
1.

Connect to EF CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and


timer as shown in diagram.

2.

Select Ie>> =10%, Ie>> TMS =x0.02

3.

Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4.

Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.

5.

When the injected current crosses Ie>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay
pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick
value of relay.

6.

Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test
report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)


Ie>> %

EF input
1A

Limit value(amp)

5A

1A

5A

Min

Max

Min

Max

10%

0.1

0.12

0.5

0.55

50%

0.5

0.55

2.5

2.75

80%

0.8

0.88

4.0

4.44

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)
9.4.5.2

DMT Time Test for Earth Fault Ie>>


1. Set Ie>> = and Ie>> TMS as per table.
2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.
3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.
4. Reset the Timer.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 20/24

5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.
6. Note down the time value.
7. Repeat the procedure for different setting.
Operating Time Test
Setting Ie>> = 50%
TMS
= x 1.0
Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your
requirement
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
EF

For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

5N

2.5A

7.5A

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C4

C5

10N
5A
25A
Setting Ip>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF
TMS
= x 0.1
Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
EF

For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

5N

2.5A

7.5A

10N

5A

25A

C1

C2

C3

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)


C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec.

C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec.

C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec.

C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec.

C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.


CURVE : C1
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

CURVE : C2
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

10.128

8.86 to 11.39

2N

4.389

3.84 to 4.93

5N

4.322

3.99 to 4.64

5N

1.873

1.73 to 2.01

10N

3.000

2.85 to 3.15

10N

1.300

1.23 to 1.36

20N

2.290

2.17 to 2.40

20N

0.992

0.94 to 1.04

CURVE : C3
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

CURVE : C4
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

13.500

11.81 to 15.18

2N

26.667

23.33 to 30.00

5N

3.375

3.12 to 3.62

5N

3.333

3.08 to 3.58

10N

1.500

1.42 to 1.57

10N

0.808

0.76 to 0.84

20N

0.711

0.67 to 0.74

20N

0.201

0.19 to 0.21

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

Page 21/24

CURVE : C5
Actual Max.
Set Current
Time Sec.

9.4.5.3

Tolerance

2N

120.000

105 .00 to 135.00

5N

30.000

27.75 to 32.25

10N

13.333

12.66 to 13.99

20N

6.316

6.00 to 6.63

Operating Time Test for Instantaneous Earth Fault Ie>>>


1.

Set Ie>>> setting = 50%, Ie>>>delay = 00

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current equal to 1.5N of Ie>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input)
setting value.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

HF Time Testing For EF :


Ie>>> Time Delay
settings
Observed Delay

9.4.6

Set Delay =00


Observed

Theoretical

Set Delay =1.0s


Observed

Less than 40mS

Theoretical
0.95 1.05 sec

Testing of NPS (Negative Phase sequence Element)


The testing of I2 (NPS) is difficult using ordinary testing kit, It required to have digital test
setup. Like Dobel F6 TesT or PROTest. But if test for Ip> for All phase and 3Io element
test are ok then relay will function properly for I2 setting as current negative phase
sequence current I2 is derived internally from IR, IY and IB current.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.4.7

Page 22/24

Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF


1.

In Relay/LED configuration menu configure relay and Led as below.


Relay
Relay

Configuration
Relay
Configuration

Assign

LED

Configuration

LED

Relay
Configuration

Function

Setting

2.

Assign
Function

Setting

RL1 A

0020

R>>

LED5 GREEN A

0020

R>>

RL1 B

8000

HR

LED5 GREEN B

8000

HR

RL2 A

0040

Y>>

LED5 RED A

0040

Y>>

RL2 B

8000

HR

LED5 RED B

8000

HR

RL3 A

0080

B>>

LED6 GREEN A

0080

B>>

RL3 B

8000

HR

LED6 GREEN B

8000

HR

RL4 A

0100

E>>

LED6 RED A

0100

E>>

RL4 B

8000

HR

LED6 RED B

8000

HR

RL5 A

0800

R>>>

LED7 GREEN A

0800

R>>>

RL5 B

8000

HR

LED7 GREEN B

8000

HR

LED7 RED A

1000

Y>>>

LED7 RED B

8000

HR

Ip>> =100%, Ip>> TMS = 0x0.02 & Ip>>>=100% , IP>>> Delay =00.00

3. Connect R CT terminal to current injector.


4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.
5. When the injected current crosses Ip>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pickup condition. The relay gives trip signal. At the same time relay RL1 will operate and LED
L5 GREEN will glow . Same will be reset manually as per configuration.
6. Follow the same procedure for every condition given above.
7. The result will found as per chart given below.

RL1

RL2

RL3

RL4

RL5

L5
GREEN

L5
RED

L6
GREEN

L6
RED

L7
GREEN

L7
RED

R>>

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Y>>

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

B>>

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

E>>

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

R>>>

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

Y>>>

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

configuration

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.5

Page 23/24

Other Functional Test


Key functions: ______________

HF Time Test (Should be <40ms at 2 times of HF settings ) : ______ .

Trip Relay contacts: _______________.

BF Timing Test : _______________

BF Relay contacts : ______________

Relay R1 to R5 Contacts : ________________

Status S1 to S5 :_________________

Status T1 & T2 : ____________

Communication Test 1) RS 232 : _________ 2) RS 485 : __________

Back Terminal Connection: _______________________________.

Insulation test: __________________M @ 1000VDC.

H.V. Test: @ 2000VAC between all Terminals and body for 60 Sec. _____________.

Conclusion: ________________________________________________.

Tested By

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

Checked By (QC)

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
I N S T AL L AT I O N & C O M M I S S I O N I N G

9.6

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Minor Typo Error corrected.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ INSTALLATION
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 24/24

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

PERIODIC RELAY
TESTING

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Page 1/16

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
PERIODIC TESTING

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/16

CONTENTS
10

Periodic Testing

10.1

Trip Test

10.2

Functional Test

10.3

Testing of Relay

10.3.1

Relay Calibration

10.3.2

Diagram for Pickup and Timing Test

10.3.3

Testing of Over Current Protection

10.3.3.1

Pickup Test for Over Current

10.3.3.2

IDMT Time Test for Over Current

10.3.3.3

Testing of HF Pickup for Over Current Test

10.3.3.4

Operating Time test of HF for Over Current

10.3.4

Testing Of Earth Fault Current Protection

10.3.4.1

Testing of 3IO element

10.3.4.2

IDMT test for 3IO>>

10

10.3.4.3

Operating time test of HF for 3IO

11

10.3.4.4

Testing of EF element

12

10.3.4.5

IDMT time test for Ie >>

12

10.3.4.6

Operating Time test of HF for EF

14

10.3.4.7

Testing of NPS

14

10.3.5

Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF

14

10.3.6

Other functional tests

15

10.4

Revision Note

16

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

10

Page 3/16

Periodic Testing
As ADR241B_V2 is a numerical relay which is designed through the latest DSP
technology and having self supervision function it is not necessary to test relay
completely. To conduct periodic testing a short testing is also sufficient to confirm
relays functionality.

10.1.

Trip Test
By pushing Test push button relay hardware can tested as it will execute trip command &
records existing load current value in fault memory. In fault record flag indication is not there
its means it was a trip test conduct.

10.2.

Functional Test
The relay can be tested in following way (External Test Report ADR241B_V2)

10.3.

Testing of Relay

10.3.1. Relay Calibration


Before conducting actual test confirm relay calibration by following method.

Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

Following chart shows terminal numbers of 1A / 5A CT connections.


Phase

1A

5A

C3, C4

C5, C6

C7, C8

C9, C10

C11, C12

C13, C14

EF

C15, C16

C17, C18

Connect R CT terminals as per the chart.

Adjust rated CT Secondary Current 1A/5A. Observe the current value from measurement
menu. The actual current should match with relay display.

Adjust trimpot if it shows difference in actual and standard source. Refer following table
for calibration.

Phase

Trimpot

P1

P2

P3

EF

P4

Repeat the same procedure for other element.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
PERIODIC TESTING

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/16

Note:
The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before testing
of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from stable current
source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend digital current
sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current equal to rated input,
i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same and equal then observed
3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu. The 3Io value should be
less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay 1/5A setting and actual
current input. and I2 should be less then 0.05.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 6/16

10.3.3.

TESTING OF OVER CURRENT PROTECTION

10.3.3.1.

Pickup Test for O/C :


1.

Connect ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and timer as shown in diagram.

2.

Select IP>> =50%,100%, and 200% as per table, IP>> TMS =x0.02

3.

Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4.

Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.

5.

When the injected current crosses IP>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay
pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick
value of relay.

6.

At the same time the relay latches the fault in the current buffer.

7.

Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

8.

Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test
report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)


IP>>
%

R Phase
1A

5A

Y Phase
1A

5A

Limit value(amp)

B Phase
1A

5A

1A

5A

Min

Max

Min

Max

50%

0.5

0.55

2.0

2.75

100%

1.0

1.1

5.0

5.5

200%

2.0

2.2

10.0

11

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)

10.3.3.2.

IDMT Time Test for O/C :


1.

Set IP>> = and ip>> TMS as per table.

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 7/16

Operating Time Test


Setting Ip>> = 100%
TMS
= x 1.0
Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your
requirement
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

5N

5A

25A

B
Phase

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C4

C5

10N
10A
50A
Setting Ip>> = 100%
TMS
= x 0.1
Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

Phase

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

2N

2A

10A

5N

5A

25A

10N

10A

50A

B
Phase

C1

C2

C3

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)


C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec.
C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec.

C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec.


C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec.

C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.


CURVE : C1
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

CURVE : C2
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

10.128

8.86 to 11.39

2N

4.389

3.84 to 4.93

5N

4.322

3.99 to 4.64

5N

1.873

1.73 to 2.01

10N

3.000

2.85 to 3.15

10N

1.300

1.23 to 1.36

20N

2.290

2.17 to 2.40

20N

0.992

0.94 to 1.04

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 8/16

CURVE : C3
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

CURVE : C4
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

13.500

11.81 to 15.18

2N

26.667

23.33 to 30.00

5N

3.375

3.12 to 3.62

5N

3.333

3.08 to 3.58

10N

1.500

1.42 to 1.57

10N

0.808

0.76 to 0.84

20N

0.711

0.67 to 0.74

20N

0.201

0.19 to 0.21

CURVE : C5
Actual Max.
Set Current
Time Sec.

10.3.3.3.

Tolerance

Tolerance

2N

120.000

105 .00 to 135.00

5N

30.000

27.75 to 32.25

10N

13.333

12.66 to 13.99

20N

6.316

6.00 to 6.63

Testing of HF Pick-up for O/C Test


1.

Set IP>>> = 200%, IP>>> delay = 0.

2.

Start increasing the current using variac when it crosses IP>>> % settings the relay
gives trip signal and the timer will stop.

3.

The unit latches the fault current and will display message as follows:
IP> :
IP>> :
IP>>> : R

TC : 0026

R = 10.00 Y = 00.10
B = 00.10 N = 000.0
Date : 01/09/05
Time : 12:04:33:034
4.

Note down the current value. At which relay trip.

5.

Repeat the procedure for different setting as per test report.

H.F. Test : [ Amp.]

IP>>> %

For 1 A

For 5 A

200% (2A)

200%(10)

R (Amps)
Y (Amps)
B (Amps)
The actual value should be with in +/- 10% setting
ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.
Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

10.3.3.4.

Page 9/16

Operating Time test of HF for O/C


1.

Set IP>>> setting = 100%, IP>>>delay = 00

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current equal to 1.5N of IP>>> (1.5A for 1A input and 7.5A for 5A input)
setting value.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different phases as per test report.

HF Time Testing For O/C :


IP>>> Time Delay settings

Set Delay =00


Observed

Observed Delay

Theoretical

Set Delay =1.0s


Observe

Less than 40mS

10.3.4.

TESTING OF EARTH FAULT CURRENT PROTECTION

10.3.4.1.

Testing of 3Io element

Theoretical
0.95 1.05
sec

Note:
The 3Io is internally derived zero sequence current from phase current. Before
testing of pick up timing check calibration from by giving known current from
stable current source for correct phase sequence and equal value. We recommend
digital current sources such as Doble F610 or Omricon test set. Adjust current
equal to rated input, i.e. 1A for A input or 5A for 5A input. If all sources are same
and equal then observed 3Io, I1 and I2 current display on relay measurement menu.
The 3Io value should be less than 0.05 , I1 = 1.0 or 5.0A (+/- 3%) depend upon relay
1/5A setting and actual current input. and I2 should be less then 0.05.
1.

Connect to R Phase CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector


and timer as shown in diagram.

2.

Select 3Io>> =10%, 3Io>> TMS =x0.02

3.

Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4.

Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.

5.

When the injected current crosses 3Io>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating
relay pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as
pick value of relay.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 10/16

6.

Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test
report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)


3Io>> %

R Phase
1A

Limit value(amp)

5A

1A

5A

Min

Max

Min

Max

10%

0.1

0.12

0.5

0.55

50%

0.5

0.55

2.5

2.75

100%

1.0

1.2

10.0

11.0

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)
10.3.4.2.

IDMT Time Test for 3Io>>


1.
Set 3Io>> = and 3Io>> TMS as per table.
2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current to required value as per test report.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.
Repeat the procedure for different setting.
Operating Time Test
Setting 3Io>> = 50% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF
TMS
= x 1.0
Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your
requirement
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

Phase

5N

2.5A

7.5A

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C4

C5

10N
5A
25A
Setting 3Io>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF
TMS
= x 0.1
Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

Phase

5N

2.5A

7.5A

10N

5A

25A

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

C1

C2

C3

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 11/16

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)


C1: Reading by Curve 10N = 3 Sec.

C2 = Reading by Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec.

C3: Reading by Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec.

C4 = Reading by Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec.

C5: Reading by Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.

CURVE: C1
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

CURVE: C2
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

10.128

8.86 to 11.39

2N

4.389

3.84 to 4.93

5N

4.322

3.99 to 4.64

5N

1.873

1.73 to 2.01

10N

3.000

2.85 to 3.15

10N

1.300

1.23 to 1.36

20N

2.290

2.17 to 2.40

20N

0.992

0.94 to 1.04

CURVE: C3
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

CURVE: C4
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

Tolerance

2N

13.500

11.81 to 15.18

2N

26.667

23.33 to 30.00

5N

3.375

3.12 to 3.62

5N

3.333

3.08 to 3.58

10N

1.500

1.42 to 1.57

10N

0.808

0.76 to 0.84

20N

0.711

0.67 to 0.74

20N

0.201

0.19 to 0.21

CURVE: C5
Actual Max.
Set Current
Time Sec.

10.3.4.3.

Tolerance

Tolerance

2N

120.000

105 .00 to 135.00

5N

30.000

27.75 to 32.25

10N

13.333

12.66 to 13.99

20N

6.316

6.00 to 6.63

Operating Time test of HF for CIO


1.

Set CIO>>> setting = 50%, CIO>>>delay = 00

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current equal to 1.5N of CIO>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input)
setting value.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 12/16

HF Time Testing For CIO:


CIO>>> Time Delay
settings

Set Delay =00


Observed

Observed Delay

10.3.4.4.

Set Delay =1.0s

Theoretical

Observe

Theoretical
0.95 1.05
sec

Less than 40mS

Testing of EF element
Note:
The Ie externally measure the EF and this element can be used as additional EF like
REF etc
1.

Connect to EF CT input terminal of ADR 241B_V2 relay to current injector and


timer as shown in diagram.

2.

Select Ie>> =10%, Ie>> TMS =x0.02

3.

Switch on current injector and inject the current to relay.

4.

Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.

5.

When the injected current crosses Ie>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay
pick-up condition. The relay gives trip signal. Note down this current value as pick
value of relay.

6.

Read that current fault and note down the trip current value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different pickup setting for different phases as per test
report.

Pick-up Test (IN AMPS.)


Ie>> %

EF input
1A

Limit value(amp)

5A

1A

5A

Min

Max

Min

Max

10%

0.1

0.12

0.5

0.55

50%

0.5

0.55

2.5

2.75

80%

0.8

0.88

4.0

4.44

Result : Pickup accuracy was found within _______________ (1.1 Time of set value)
10.3.4.5.

IDMT Time Test for Ie>>


1. Set Ie>> = and Ie>> TMS as per table.
2. Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.
3. Adjust current to required value as per test report.
4. Reset the Timer.
5. Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 13/16

6. Note down the time value.


7. Repeat the procedure for different setting.
Operating Time Test
Setting Ie>> = 50%
TMS
= x 1.0
Note : You can use only one CT input and Operating curves which is relevant to your
requirement
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
EF

For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

5N

2.5A

7.5A

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C4

C5

10N
5A
25A
Setting Ip>> = 100% 3Io> , Ip> and Ip>> = OFF
TMS
= x 0.1
Note : Here all the timing should be 1/10 of about observed timing
Set Current at
Delay in Sec.
EF

For 1A

For 5A

2N

1A

5A

5N

2.5A

7.5A

10N

5A

25A

C1

C2

C3

(Operating time should as per curve as per following table)


C1 : Reading By Curve 10N = 3 Sec.

C2 = Reading By Curve 10 = 1.3 Sec.

C3 : Reading By Curve 10N = 1.5 Sec.

C4 = Reading By Curve 10N = 0.8 Sec.

C5 : Reading By Curve 10N = 13.3 Sec.


CURVE : C1
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

CURVE : C2
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

10.128

8.86 to 11.39

2N

4.389

3.84 to 4.93

5N

4.322

3.99 to 4.64

5N

1.873

1.73 to 2.01

10N

3.000

2.85 to 3.15

10N

1.300

1.23 to 1.36

20N

2.290

2.17 to 2.40

20N

0.992

0.94 to 1.04

CURVE : C3
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

CURVE : C4
Set
Actual Max.
Current
Time Sec.

Tolerance

2N

13.500

11.81 to 15.18

2N

26.667

23.33 to 30.00

5N

3.375

3.12 to 3.62

5N

3.333

3.08 to 3.58

10N

1.500

1.42 to 1.57

10N

0.808

0.76 to 0.84

20N

0.711

0.67 to 0.74

20N

0.201

0.19 to 0.21

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 14/16

CURVE : C5
Actual Max.
Set Current
Time Sec.

10.3.4.6.

Tolerance

2N

120.000

105 .00 to 135.00

5N

30.000

27.75 to 32.25

10N

13.333

12.66 to 13.99

20N

6.316

6.00 to 6.63

Operating Time test of HF for EF


1.

Set Ie>>> setting = 50%, Ie>>>delay = 00

2.

Connect trip contacts (3 and 4) to stop terminals of Timer.

3.

Adjust current equal to 1.5N of Ie>>> (0.75A for 1A input and 3.75A for 5A input)
setting value.

4.

Reset the Timer.

5.

Start the timer using start push button. The timer will stop automatically when relay
gives trip command.

6.

Note down the time value.

7.

Repeat the procedure for different setting for different setting as per test report.

HF Time Testing For EF :


Ie>>> Time Delay
settings

Set Delay =00


Observed

Observed Delay
10.3.4.7.

Set Delay =1.0s

Theoretical

Observed

Less than 40mS

Theoretical
0.95 1.05 sec

Testing of NPS (Negative Phase sequence Element)


The testing of I2 (NPS) is difficult using ordinary testing kit, It required to have digital test
setup. Like Dobel F6TesT or PROTest. But if test for Ip> for All phase and 3Io element
test are ok then relay will function properly for I2 setting as current negative phase
sequence current I2 is derived internally from IR, IY and IB current.

10.3.5

Testing Of Annunciation For Both O/C and EF


1.

In Relay/LED configuration menu configure relay and Led as below.


Relay

Led

RL1

L5 GREEN

IP>R

RL2

L5 RED

IP>Y

RL3

L6 GREEN

IP>B

RL4

L6 RED

IE>E

RL5

L7 GREEN

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Setting

IP>>R

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PERIODIC TESTING

Page 15/16

2. Select Ip> =50%, Ip>TMS =x0.01 Ip>> 100%, Ip>> TMS = 0x0.02
3. Connect R CT terminal to current injector.
4. Now start increasing the current using VI control (Variac) and observe the pickup
indication of the relay.
5. When the injected current crosses Ip>> % relay Pickup led will glow indicating relay pickup condition. The relay gives trip signal. At the same time relay RL1 will operate and LED
L5 GREEN will glow.
6. Follow the same procedure for every condition given above.
7. The result will found as per chart given below.

RL1

RL2

RL3

RL4

RL5

L5
GREEN

L5
RED

L6
GREEN

L6
RED

L7
GREEN

L7
RED

IP>R

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

IP>Y

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

IP>B

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

IE>E

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

IP>>R

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

IP>>Y

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

configuration

10.3.6

Other Functional Test


Key functions: ______________

HF Time Test (Should be <40ms at 2 times of HF settings ) : ______ .

Trip Relay contacts: _______________.

BF Timing Test : _______________

BF Relay contacts : ______________

Relay R1 to R5 Contacts : ________________

Status S1 to S5 :_________________

Status T1 & T2 : ____________

Communication Test 1) RS 232 : _________ 2) RS 485 : __________

Back Terminal Connection: _______________________________.

Insulation test: __________________M @ 1000VDC.

H.V. Test: @ 2000VAC between all Terminals and body for 60 Sec. _____________.

Conclusion: ________________________________________________.

Tested By

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

Checked By (QC)

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
PERIODIC TESTING

10.4

Page 16/16

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Minor Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PERIODIC TESTING
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11..2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
D E T AI L S O F I N T E R N AL C I R C U I T D I AG R AM

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/4

Details of Internal Circuit


Diagram

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
D E T AI L S O F I N T E R N AL C I R C U I T D I AG R AM

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/4

CONTENTS
11.1

Detail of Internal Circuit diagram

11.2

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
D E T AI L S O F I N T E R N AL C I R C U I T D I AG R AM

11.1

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 3/4

Detail of Internal Circuit diagram


Aditya series ADR241B relay having following assembly inside the relay. As per numerical
relay and having such a small box size, all printed circuit boards (PCB) are double sided and
designed using SMD component so it is not suggested to attend the relay on site by end user.
It can be attended by authorized service engineer of Ashida Electronic Pvt. Ltd. only to take
care of electronic component from electrostatic discharge.
1. Current transformer
2. SMPS Card
3. Back PCB contain power supply section and extra annunciation duty contact relay
element.
4. Front PCB (Mother board) attached with front plate
5. Trip Contact relay element
6. Push button interface connected with front plate

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
D E T AI L S O F I N T E R N AL C I R C U I T D I AG R AM

11.2

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Minor Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Issue: 02
Date : 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 4/4

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
PROBLEMS OCCURRED

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 1/5

Problems Occurred/
Hardware Software
Revision

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED
Issue: 02
Date: 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
PROBLEMS OCCURRED

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2
Page 2/5

CONTENTS
12.1

Problems Occurred

12.2

Hardware / Software Revision

12.3

Revision Note

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED
Issue: 02
Date: 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PROBLEMS OCCURRED

12.1

Page 3/5

Problems Occurred

All Aditya series ADR241B are numerical relays designed with latest DSP technology and
having self supervision function which helps keep track on connected hardware and display
error code if any error is detected if problem is minor the relay automatically set default
setting and return back to protection function, following are error code which are
distinguished between major and minor .
ADR241B_V2

12.2

Sr. No.

Error Code

Error Name

Minor

Major

Action Required

1.

01

Setting Error

Load default value

2.

02

EEPROM Error

Contact Factory

3.

04

RTC Error

Relay May latch in


correct timing internal
battery is not working

4.

08

Ext.32KHz Crystal
Error

Contact Factory

5.

16

ADC Error

Contact Factory

6.

32

FRAM1 Error

Contact Factory

7.

64

FRAM2 Error

Contact Factory

Hardware / Software Revision


The revision is maintained in x.xx format 1st digit before decimal point is major version while
two digits after decimal point are minor version
Sr.
No.

Soft ware
Version

Hard ware
Revision

Date

1.00

1.0

15/03/2008

Original Version

1.01

1.0

20/03/2008

CT Primary related Bug Fixed

1.02

1.0

20/03/2008

1.03 &
1.04

1.0

20/03/2008

1.05 &
1.06

1.0

24/03/2008

Power On display time reduce


1. Reset Time of 500ms Added
2. Bug in CT primary calculation is
removed
3. RPV factor in disturbance recorded
is adjusted
1. Parity setting in communication is
added
2. Trip Contact HR/SR setting is
added
3. Minor Bug in reset delay and DR
record is fix

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED
Issue: 02
Date: 15.11.2008

Remark

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

PROBLEMS OCCURRED

Page 4/5

1.07 &
1.08 &
1.09

1.0

25/03/2008

1. BF logic Bypass during testing


2. BF Contact HR / SR setting added
3. Offset correction in EF input

2.00

1.0

08/04/2008

Relay measurement range improved,


Calibration is shifted

2.01

1.0

22/04/2008

Internal EF i.e. 3Io setting added

2.02

1.0

02/05/2008

NPS setting added Di/Do updated

10

2.03

1.0

26/05/2008

Some minor bug in independent


operation of stage1 and stage2 is
corrected

For any Doubts / Difficulties please contact


ASHIDA House, A-308 Road, No. 21, Wagle Industrial Estate Thane. 400 604 INDIA
Tel. : 91-22-25827524 / 25 / 26, 65771076 / 77 / 78 Fax. 91-22-25804262
Email: sales@ashidaelectronics.com support@ashidaelectronics.com
Website : www.ashidaelectronics.com

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED
Issue: 02
Date: 15.11.2008

N U M E R I C AL O V E R C U R R E N T P R O T E C T I O N R E L AY
PROBLEMS OCCURRED

12.3

Page 5/5

Revision Note
Issue

Date

Description

01

06.05.2008

Original Version

02

15.11.2008

Minor Typo Error Corrected

ASHIDA Electronics Pvt. Ltd.


Ref: Manual/ADR241B_V2/ PROBLEMS OCCURRED
Issue: 02
Date: 15.11.2008

AD R 2 4 1 B _ V 2

Potrebbero piacerti anche